[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 49 (Tuesday, March 12, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 10068-10217]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-5500]
[[Page 10067]]
_______________________________________________________________________
Part II
Postal Service
_______________________________________________________________________
39 CFR Part 111
Classification Reform; Implementation Standards; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 61, No. 49 / Tuesday, March 12, 1996 / Rules
and Regulations
[[Page 10068]]
POSTAL SERVICE
39 CFR Part 111
Classification Reform; Implementation Standards
AGENCY: Postal Service.
ACTION: Final rule; request for comments.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This final rule sets forth the Domestic Mail Manual (DMM)
standards adopted by the Postal Service to implement the Decision of
the Governors of the Postal Service in Postal Rate Commission Docket
No. MC95-1, Classification Reform I, and requests further comments on
some aspects of those standards.
DATES: The final rule is effective on July 1, 1996. Comments as allowed
herein must be received on or before March 27, 1996.
ADDRESSES: Mail or deliver written comments to the Manager, Customer
Mail Preparation, USPS Headquarters, 475 L'Enfant Plaza SW, Washington,
DC 20260-2405. Copies of all written comments will be available for
inspection and photocopying between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through
Friday, in Room 6830 at the above address.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Leo F. Raymond, (202) 268-5199,
concerning the DMM standards, or Lynn Martin, (202) 268-6351,
concerning the comments analysis.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On March 24, 1995, pursuant to its authority
under 39 U.S.C. 3621, et seq., the Postal Service filed with the Postal
Rate Commission (PRC) a request for a recommended decision on a number
of mail classification reform proposals (Classification Reform). The
PRC designated the filing as Docket No. MC95-1. The PRC published a
notice of the filing, with a description of the Postal Service's
proposals, on April 3, 1995, in the Federal Register (60 FR 16888-
16893).
On June 29, 1995, the Postal Service published for public comment
in the Federal Register an advance notice of proposed rulemaking (60 FR
34056-34069). That notice included an overview of the Postal Service's
proposals in MC95-1, the process that was used in developing them, and
the process being used to prepare for implementation of Classification
Reform and to begin development of the Domestic Mail Manual (DMM)
implementing standards. The notice also contained detailed information
about issues that had been identified for consideration in the
implementation process, presented in a format that paralleled the
Domestic Mail Classification Schedule (DMCS) changes proposed in the
MC95-1 filing. Many of those implementation issues had been developed
with the advice of the Classification Reform Implementation Advisory
Groups (IAGs) convened by the Postal Service as part of the process
described in the notice. The advance notice requested comments on the
criteria under consideration for inclusion in proposed DMM implementing
standards. Readers who are unfamiliar with the content of the Postal
Service's MC95-1 filing or the implementation process should review the
June 29 notice.
On August 30, 1995, the Postal Service published for public comment
in the Federal Register a second advance notice of proposed rulemaking
(60 FR 45298-45323). The second notice reported a summary of the
comments received in response to the first notice and invited further
comment from interested parties on updated proposed implementing
standards and on the implementation process generally. Readers were
advised that, following review of comments received in response to the
second notice, the Postal Service would revise its proposed
implementation criteria as appropriate and would use those criteria as
the basis for the DMM standards it would propose for adoption if the
Classification Reform proposals requested by the Postal Service in PRC
Docket No. MC95-1 were adopted.
On December 22, 1995, the Postal Service published for public
comment in the Federal Register a proposed rule (60 FR 66582-66703)
that summarized and responded to comments received from the August
notice; offered extensive details about contents of the proposed rule
that were new or modified compared to the earlier notices and assessed
their possible impact on the mailing community; offered simplified
charts to illustrate proposed mail preparation standards; supplied an
estimated list of 5-digit ZIP Codes affected by one of its proposals;
and concluded with a complete listing of changes to the standards in
the DMM that it proposed to adopt if the Classification Reform
proposals requested by the Postal Service in PRC Docket No. MC95-1 were
recommended by the PRC and approved by the Governors of the Postal
Service.
Pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3624, on January 26, 1996, the PRC issued its
Recommended Decision on the Postal Service's Request to the Governors
of the Postal Service. The PRC recommendations made revisions to some
of the mail classification structure and rates requested by the Postal
Service. Based on an extensive analysis of the PRC's Recommended
Decision and deliberation as to its consequences to the Postal Service
and its customers, and pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3625, the Governors acted
on the PRC's recommendations on March 4, 1996. Decision of the
Governors of the United States Postal Service on the Recommended
Decision of the Postal Rate Commission on Classification Reform I,
Docket No. MC95-1. With the exception of the PRC's separate courtesy
envelope mail and bulk parcel post proposals, the Governors determined
to approve the PRC's recommendations, and the Board of Governors set an
implementation date of July 1, 1996, for those rate and classification
changes to take effect. A notice announcing the Governors' Decision and
the issuance of final Domestic Mail Classification Schedule and Rate
Schedule changes is published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register.
This final rule contains the DMM standards adopted by the Postal
Service to implement the Governors' decision. Except as specifically
noted below, the revised DMM standards will take effect on July 1,
1996.
In its testimony before the PRC, the Postal Service presented
extensive evidence concerning the prudence and necessity of certain
fundamental changes it was seeking to cause or facilitate in the
mailstreams it processes. Most if not all of those changes were not
founded in a particular rate or classification scheme, although the
Postal Service considered that the incentives offered in its requested
structure make it easier for customers to accept or benefit from those
changes. Many components of the proposed rule reflected basic
operational and network changes designed to improve the Postal
Service's ability to encourage, manage, and benefit from automated
mail, to improve mailflow, and to focus processing activities at a
redesigned matrix of node facilities. As a result, despite the
differences between the Postal Service's Request and the PRC's
recommendation which the Governors have approved, the value and
efficacy of those elements of the proposed rule related to mail
quality, preparation, automation, and equipment and network utilization
remain undiminished. As a result, the content of the proposed rule has
been adopted as a final rule except as described below to correct
factual or typographical errors, respond to comments received, or align
with the rate and classification
[[Page 10069]]
structure recommended by the PRC and approved by the Governors.
Because the PRC's Recommended Decision, as approved by the
Governors, made significant changes to the mail classification
structure requested by the Postal Service, adaptation of the proposed
rule to the final structure has been necessitated in the final rule.
Most of these changes are a direct consequence of the difference
between the rate and classification changes proposed by the Postal
Service and those recommended by the PRC and approved by the Governors.
These were matters at issue in the PRC proceeding and, as such, are not
subject to review or adjustment in this rulemaking. To the extent this
final rule establishes further standards that were not previously
published for public comment, the Postal Service has determined to seek
and consider additional input from customers. This further opportunity
for public comment is limited to matters that are newly introduced in
the final rule, that do not result from the difference in recommended
rate and classification provisions, and that are significant in their
impact on customers compared with what was proposed in the proposed
rule. The provisions for which comments are solicited are:
1. New standards applied to Periodicals that are similar to those
adopted in this final rule for First-Class and Standard Mail:
a. All pieces in an automation rate mailing must be delivery point
barcoded.
b. Presort and other preparation standards, including a 150-piece
minimum for preparing trays of automation rate letter-size mail.
c. 5-digit ZIP Codes used in the addresses on nonautomation rate
Periodicals must be verified annually for accuracy; mailers must
certify this at the time of mailing..
d. Letter-size reply envelopes and cards enclosed in automation
rate pieces must meet specific standards for automation-compatibility;
mailers must certify this at the time of mailing.
2. Standards for documentation produced by Presort Accuracy
Validation and Evaluation (PAVE) certified software and for
standardized documentation produced otherwise. These standards are
presented in P012, below; examples of documentation are also presented
as part of this notice.
After considering the potential impact of these provisions, the
Postal Service has determined to allow 15 days for public comment.
Although a longer comment period is usually provided, the Postal
Service concluded that a 15-day comment period was warranted in this
case for two reasons. First, the list of provisions on which comment is
sought is limited and straightforward. Mailers should have little
difficulty evaluating the impact of these provisions on their
operations and preparing comments in a short time period. Second, the
Postal Service wants to ensure that mailers have sufficient time after
the close of the comment period and publication of any possible
revisions to this final rule to make the necessary changes to their
operations before the July 1, 1996 implementation date. After review of
the comments received, the Postal Service will modify the corresponding
standards if such modification is determined to be appropriate.
Part A of this notice summarizes major changes that have been made
to or added to the proposed implementation standards since the proposed
rule. Part B provides an analysis of comments received on the proposed
rule and the Postal Service responses. Part C shows examples of
standardized documentation that would be generated under the standards
shown below. Part D summarizes the changes to the DMM, followed by the
text of the revised DMM standards.
A. Major Changes and Additions Since the December 22 Proposed Rule
This section identifies additions and changes to the final DMM
mailing standards that were not part of the proposed rules published on
December 22.
1. Marking Standards
Marking standards have been revised to allow mailers to continue to
use ``Presorted First-Class'' and ``Bulk Rate'' markings as class of
mail markings for presorted First-Class and Standard Mail. These
markings must appear in the postage area on mailpieces. Additional
mailing or rate specific markings are also required. This change will
allow mailers to continue to use existing envelope stock, precanceled
stamps, and meter slugs.
2. Postage Payment
Revisions have been made to postage payment standards to allow
mailers to affix metered postage to all the pieces in a mailing job at
the lowest rate that applies to any presorted mailing contained in the
mailing job.
3. Value Added Refund
The proposal that would have required all pieces in a value added
refund (VAR) mailing to have postage affixed at an automation rate has
been removed. First-Class mailpieces bearing postage at Presorted
First-Class rates will be acceptable for inclusion in automation First-
Class VAR mailings, and Standard Mail pieces bearing postage at
presorted nonautomation Regular rates will be acceptable for inclusion
in automation Standard Mail VAR mailings.
4. Minimum Quantity Per Mailing
In accordance with the Domestic Mail Classification Schedule
standards approved by the Governors, separate 500-piece minimum
quantity per mailing standards have been established for mailings of
cards in addition to those which apply to letters. Mailers may continue
to combine comparably prepared letters and cards in the same mailings
if the separate minimums are met and additional postage payment and
documentation standards are met.
5. Postage Statements
Mailing statements have been renamed postage statements to clarify
the new standards that will allow all mailings submitted for
verification as part of the same mailing job to be reported on a single
postage statement.
6. Sleeving and Banding
The proposed sleeving and banding standards for trayed letter mail
have been modified. There will be no exceptions to sleeving. Exceptions
to strapping of local mail have been extended to allow such exceptions
for mail entered and delivered within the service area of the SCF
serving the entry post office if approved by local management. The
proposal had limited this exception only to mail entered and delivered
within the service area of the facility where the mail was entered. The
DMM palletization standards have been modified to make it clear that
only trayed mail on stretchwrapped 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF pallets
are exempt from tray-strapping.
7. Packaging Material
The proposal has been removed that required use of only rubber
bands to prepare packages within automation letter mailings. Upon
implementation of Classification Reform, mailers may continue to
prepare these packages using either rubber bands, elastic strapping,
plastic strapping or string. However, the Postal Service plans to
require use of rubber bands or elastic strapping for automation
mailings at a future date and will work with mailers on the timing of
this standard.
[[Page 10070]]
8. Courtesy Reply Mail in Automation Mailings
The standards have been revised concerning courtesy envelope and
business reply mail enclosed in pieces mailed at First-Class or
Standard Mail automation rates. The final rule also applies these
standards to automation Regular Periodicals. The proposal indicated
that the enclosed reply pieces must all bear a delivery point barcode,
in addition to being automation-compatible and bearing a FIM. Under the
final rule, the barcode standards have been revised to indicate that
ZIP+4 barcodes are required for business reply mail and that courtesy
reply mail must bear the correct delivery point barcode for the
delivery address as defined by the Postal Service. Unique 5-digit and
ZIP+4 barcodes provided by the Postal Service for use with courtesy
reply mail will be considered valid delivery point barcodes for
purposes of meeting this standard. In addition, the final rule requires
that the enclosed reply mail pieces meet the barcode preparation
standards in DMM C840. The standards concerning reply mail enclosed in
First-Class, Standard Mail and Periodicals automation rate mailings are
effective January 1, 1997. Comments are permitted on the extension of
this requirement to Periodicals.
9. 3-Digit Schemes for Automation Letters
Use of 3-digit scheme sort will be required for automation letters.
This standard will allow mailers to obtain the finest discount level
and the Postal Service to receive mail presorted to the finest extent
possible.
10. Grouping of Pieces in AADC Trays
Within mixed AADC trays in automation and upgradable letter
mailings, the proposed standard to group pieces in those trays by both
AADC, and within each AADC group, by 3-digit ZIP Code has been
modified. Mail in these mixed AADC trays will be required to be grouped
only by AADC area.
11. Specific Use of 1-Foot and 2-Foot Trays
The traying standards for proper use of appropriate 1-foot and 2-
foot trays have been clarified to specify the type of tray that must be
used when mailers have a quantity of mail for a tray sortation level
that exceeds the physical capacity of a 1-foot tray, but is less than
the minimum quantity for a full 2-foot tray. For automation and
upgradable mailings of other than card-size pieces, the Postal Service
would like the fewest number of packages (which are only prepared in
less-than-full trays). For these mailings, when the mail remaining
after filling all possible 2-foot trays exceeds the physical capacity
of a 1-foot tray, but is less than the minimum quantity for a full 2-
foot tray, mailers must place this mail in two 1-foot trays (a full 1-
foot tray (without packaging) and a less-than-full 1-foot tray (with
packaging)). For nonautomation mailings and for automation and
upgradable mailings consisting entirely of card-size pieces, which are
prepared in banded packages, the Postal Service would like to receive
the fewest number of trays. Therefore for nonautomation mailings, when
the mail remaining after filling all possible 2-foot trays exceeds the
physical capacity of a 1-foot tray, but is less than the minimum
quantity for a full 2-foot tray, mailers must place this mail in a
single less-than-full 2-foot tray.
12. Less-Than-Full 3-Digit Trays
Modification has been made to the proposed standard to tray all
mail for the 3-digit ZIP Codes served by the SCF of the entry post
office to at least the 3-digit level. These rules now apply only to the
SCF that serves the post office where the mailing is verified.
13. Modification to ADC Lists
The ADC list in proposed DMM L004 has been modified to provide for
some class-specific differences in labeling. In addition, separate ADC
and Mixed ADC labeling lists for Standard Mail irregular parcels have
been added as DMM L603 and L604.
14. Mixed ADC and AADC Tray Destinations for First-Class Mail
Mixed ADC and mixed AADC trays in First-Class mailings will be
labeled to the SCF that serves the entry post office rather than to the
3-digit ZIP Code of the entry post office.
15. Qualification of AADC and ADC Sort Levels for BMC Destination Entry
Discounts
Eligibility for destination BMC discounts for Standard Mail
prepared in AADC trays and ADC trays, sacks, and packages on pallets
has been clarified. The entire contents of these trays, sacks, or
packages placed on pallets may receive a DBMC discount, provided that
the ZIP Code in the top line of the tray or sack label, (or the ZIP
Code assigned to the ADC in L004 for the package) is in the service
area of the BMC at which the tray, sack, package on a pallet, is
entered.
16. Revisions to Barcoded Tray Label Specifications
The effective date for the standard to use barcoded tray and sack
labels for mailings at automation First-Class, automation Standard, and
automation Periodicals rates has been changed to January 1, 1997.
17. Revisions to Specifications for Mailer Prepared Tray and Sack
Labels
Adjustments and corrections have been made to the specifications in
DMM M032 concerning mailer-prepared tray and sack labels, including
barcoded labels. Mailers at all classes and rates are also reminded
that effective July 1, 1996, tray, sack, and pallet labels used with
their mailings must be revised to reflect the network changes, changes
to the names of the classes of mail, and other labeling changes that
will go into effect with these final DMM rules.
18. Enhanced Carrier Route Rates
Separate letter and nonletter rates have been established by the
Governors for the Standard Enhanced Carrier Route subclass. In
addition, the automation carrier route rate proposed under a separate
automation subclass has been recommended by the PRC and approved by the
Governors as an automation Enhanced Carrier Route rate. Accordingly,
automation Enhanced Carrier Route mailings must meet a separate minimum
quantity requirement from mail at automation Regular Standard rates,
and will be subject to the minimum per piece weight breakpoint for the
Enhanced Carrier Route subclass.
19. Palletization of Mail Meeting Both Letter-Size and Automation Flat-
Size Standards
In the proposed rule, the Postal Service proposed an exception that
would allow certain letter-size mail to be prepared as packages on
pallets. Under this exception, mailers of pieces that meet both the
letter and automation flats dimensions, and who mail a portion of their
mailing job at the automation flats rates, would be permitted to
prepare the entire mailing job (i.e., Enhanced Carrier Route,
automation Regular, and nonautomation Regular mailings) as packages on
pallets, provided the nonautomation Regular portion was 10% or less of
the total pieces mailed at the Enhanced Carrier Route and automation
Regular rates, and flat rates (non-letter rates) were paid on all
pieces. The final rule will provide for this exception, but only until
January 1, 1997. Beginning January 1, 1997, the Enhanced Carrier Route
and nonautomation Regular portions of
[[Page 10071]]
mailing jobs of pieces that meet the definition of letter-size mail
will be required to be trayed. Preparation of trays on pallets is
preferred. This is consistent with the Postal Service's need to have
all letter mail prepared in trays, and is discussed further in the
section discussing comments.
20. Periodicals
The proposed Publications Service subclass of Periodicals was not
recommended to the Governors by the Postal Rate Commission. Instead
revised rates for Regular Periodicals were recommended. These changes
to Periodicals have been accepted by the Governors. As a consequence,
the Postal Service has determined to modify the mail preparation and
quality standards for entry at the Regular Periodicals rates. The
standards set forth in this notice are final rules. Because many of
these standards were not applied to all Periodicals mailers in the
proposed rule, the Postal Service will permit comments on these
standards.
Unlike the proposed rule, there are no rates and corresponding
preparation standards for automation carrier route mail; only mail
sorted to 5-digit and unique 3-digit ZIP Code packages, trays, and
sacks may qualify for applicable 3/5 rates; and zone rates apply only
to advertising pounds. Like the proposed rule, optional city will no
longer be a sortation level, and SDC, State, and Mixed States sortation
levels have been replaced with the appropriate ADC and mixed ADC or
AADC and mixed AADC sortation levels.
a. Regular Periodicals Automation Rate Mailings
(1) Letter-Size Pieces. Mailings must be presorted under standards
similar to automation First-Class and Standard mailings. There is no
automation carrier route mail preparation or rate. Mailers must sort
mail to required 5-digit, required unique 3-digit, required 3-digit/
scheme, and required AADC trays, using a 150-piece minimum at each tray
level. Remaining mail is trayed to mixed AADC trays. Only mail in 5-
digit and unique 3-digit trays is eligible for 3/5 automation Regular
Periodicals per-piece rates. Mail in 3-digit/scheme, AADC, and mixed
AADC trays qualifies for basic automation per-piece rates. Both 1-foot
and 2-foot tray sizes must be used as appropriate.
Mailings must be 100% delivery point barcoded. Addresses must be
matched semi-annually using CASS-certified software and a current AIS
database. Barcoded tray labels will be required effective January 1,
1997. Use of PAVE-certified software or standardized documentation will
be required effective January 1, 1997. Enclosed courtesy and business
reply mail envelopes will be required to be automation-compatible and
prepared with barcodes and FIM marks effective January 1, 1997.
(2) Flat-Size Pieces. Firm and carrier route packages cannot be
part of an Automation flats mailing. Mailers must prepare packages of 6
or more pieces to 5-digit, 3-digit, ADC and mixed ADC destinations and
place them in 5-digit, 3-digit, ADC and mixed ADC sacks or on the
appropriate level of pallet. Only pieces in 5-digit and unique 3-digit
sacks (or in 5-digit and unique 3-digit packages placed on pallets),
are eligible for the 3/5 automation Regular Periodicals per-piece
rates. Pieces in non-unique 3-digit, ADC and mixed ADC sacks (and non-
unique 3-digit, ADC and mixed ADC packages placed on pallets) will
qualify for basic Automation per-piece rates. Mailings must be 100%
ZIP+4 or delivery point barcoded. Addresses must be matched semi-
annually using CASS-certified software and a current AIS database.
Barcoded sack labels will be required effective January 1, 1997. Use of
PAVE-certified software or standardized documentation will be required
effective January 1, 1997. Enclosed courtesy and business reply mail
envelopes will be required to be automation-compatible and prepared
with barcodes and FIM marks effective January 1, 1997.
b. Nonautomation Mailings
(1) Letters. Mail must be prepared in trays. Both 1-foot and 2-foot
trays must be used as appropriate. Firm packages are permitted and
receive rates based on current criteria. Six-piece or larger carrier
route packages must be placed in carrier route trays when there are at
least 24 pieces for the tray, but trays with as few as one 6-piece
package are acceptable. Remaining carrier route packages are placed in
5-digit carrier routes trays. Six-piece or larger 5-digit, 3-digit,
ADC, and mixed ADC packages are prepared and must be placed in 5-digit,
3-digit, and ADC trays whenever there are at least 24 pieces for one of
those tray destinations. Trays with as few as one 6-piece or larger
package may be prepared. Remaining packages are placed in mixed ADC
trays. Only mail in 5-digit or unique 3-digit trays qualifies for 3/5
nonautomation Regular Periodicals per-piece rates. Mail in non-unique
3-digit, ADC and mixed ADC trays qualifies for basic per-piece rates.
The carrier route portion must be matched using CASS-Certified software
to a current CRIS file or other AIS product containing carrier route
codes, within 90 days prior to the date of mailing. No sequencing is
required for basic carrier route rates. High Density and Saturation
rate mail must be prepared in carrier walk sequence using a current
USPS DSF or CDS file or other USPS sequencing service within 90 days
prior to the date of mailing. Effective October 1, 1996, 5-digit ZIP
Codes in each address in the non-carrier route portion of the mailing
must have been verified and corrected within 12-months prior to the
date of mailing by a USPS approved method.
(2) Nonautomation Flats. Mail is sorted according to current DMM
issue 49 standards except that there must now be a minimum of one 6-
piece package in each sack other than a mixed ADC sack; the optional
city package and sack level has been eliminated; and SDC, state, and
mixed states packages and sacks have been replaced with ADC and mixed
ADC packages and sacks. Only mail in 5-digit or unique 3-digit sacks
(or in 5-digit or unique 3-digit packages on pallets) qualifies for 3/5
nonautomation Regular Periodicals per-piece rates. Mail in non-unique
3-digit, ADC, and mixed ADC packages and sacks qualifies for basic per-
piece rates. The carrier route portion must be matched using CASS-
Certified software to a current CRIS file or other AIS product
containing carrier route codes, within 90 days prior to the date of
mailing. No sequencing is required for basic carrier route rates. High
Density and Saturation rate mail must be prepared in carrier walk
sequence using a current USPS DSF or CDS file or other USPS sequencing
service within 90 days prior to the date of mailing. Effective October
1, 1996, 5-digit ZIP Codes in each address in the non-carrier route
portion of the mailing must have been verified and corrected within 12-
months prior to the date of mailing by a USPS approved method.
21. Submission of Form 3553
A standard to submit a Form 3553, CASS Report, with automation
carrier route First-Class, automation and nonautomation Enhanced
Carrier Route Standard, and carrier route Regular Periodicals has been
added to the final DMM standards. Submission of this report with each
mailing will document that the addresses in these mailings were matched
to a current database using CASS certified software within 90 days
prior to the date of mailing. Mailings at carrier route Nonprofit
Standard and carrier route Preferred Periodicals rates will not be
required to be accompanied by a Form 3553 because the standard for use
of CASS
[[Page 10072]]
certified address matching software will not apply to mailings at these
rates (although the standard to update their carrier route information
within 90 days prior to the date of mailing using a current database
will apply). Comments will be accepted on the application of these
rules to Regular Periodicals.
B. Summary of Comments From the December 22 Proposed Rule
The Postal Service received 64 pieces of correspondence offering
comments on the December 22 proposed rule. Respondents included major
mailer associations, individual publishers, printers, presort bureaus,
and mailers.
The specific points raised in the comments are presented below,
organized by general comments and then by letters, flats, Periodicals
and addressing.
1. General Comments
a. Change in Name of Third-Class and Fourth-Class Mail to Standard Mail
Three comments were received regarding the change in name of third-
and fourth-class mail to Standard Mail.
The Postal Service proposed, as part of Classification Reform, that
mail matter currently designated as third-class and fourth-class be
combined into a new single Standard Mail class. This change was not
opposed in the Postal Rate Commission (PRC) proceeding and has been
recommended by the PRC and approved by the Governors.
The Postal Service will be publishing information on the name
change in the Postal Bulletin and has other planned communication
events and publications to raise the awareness level of all mailers and
the general public of this change and the other changes needed to
implement Classification Reform.
b. Format of Final Mailing Standards for Classification Reform
One commenter requested that entire DMM pages be published in the
Postal Bulletin that transmits the mail preparation rules in this
Federal Register notice and requested that any new wording be placed in
bold.
Due to limits on time, space, cost, and size of the document, the
DMM standards published in the Postal Bulletin will follow the same
format as this final rule and will contain only the sections that are
changed. DMM issue 50, which will incorporate the new preparation
standards will be distributed prior to implementation.
c. Comments Beyond the Scope of this Rulemaking Process
Ten commenters submitted comments requesting such things as a
change in the rates, rate structure, minimum quantity standards for a
rate category, or stated concerns about the structure of the future
Classification Reform proposals for nonprofit mail, or suggested an
implementation date for Classification Reform. One commenter requested
that the Postal Service provide mailers its delivery performance data.
These comments are beyond the scope of this rulemaking. The rates,
rate structure, and basic standards for rates in MC-95-1 were subject
to litigation before the Postal Rate Commission, and cannot be
unilaterally revised by the Postal Service in a rulemaking process.
Similarly, the date for implementation of MC95-1 is determined by the
Board of Governors of the Postal Service and is outside the scope of
this rulemaking. Comments concerning the structure of the future
Classification Reform proposal for Nonprofit Mail have been noted, but
are also outside the scope of this rulemaking process.
d. General Comments on Mail Preparation Standards in the Proposed Rule
Eight general comments were received regarding the preparation
standards set forth in the proposed rule. One commenter was pleased to
see the Federal Register notice published on the Postal Service
electronic bulletin board (RIBBS). One indicated he found no problems
or inequities with the proposed rule. The remaining six disagreed with
the overall effect of the preparation rules.
One of these indicated that the Postal Service is adding ``picky
details`` to make the preparation standards complex. One indicated that
some of the implementation standards may be exclusionary and create
unnecessary barriers thereby creating growth of coarsely sorted and
non-automated mail, exactly the opposite of the intended outcome of
Classification Reform. Another commenter indicated that the preparation
rules will negatively impact mailer cost and service. This commenter
argued the proposed rules would keep more mailers out of automation
thereby eliminating their reason to improve address quality, and
leaving the USPS with more difficult-to-process mail. This commenter
suggested that the Postal Service delay implementing unduly restrictive
rules.
Three commenters indicated a combination of several of the make-up
standards for mail will increase preparation costs, listing such things
as 1) the separate mailstreams for barcoded and non-barcoded mail; 2)
the need to have 150 pieces to a 5-digit or 3-digit destination to
obtain 5-digit and 3-digit automation rates; 3) the requirement to use
barcoded tray labels on automation mailings; 4) the requirement for the
mailer to strap all trays of letter mail; 5) the standard to prepare
each subclass as a separate mailstream with separate subclass markings;
6) the required use of both 1-foot and 2-foot trays in letter-size
mailings; 7) the standards to tray letter mail prior to palletizing it;
8) the decrease in drop shipment discounts when trucking costs may
increase due to increased cost of preparing pallets and loss of cube
space in trailers; and 9) the standards for purchasing and printing new
reply mail pieces that bear barcodes and FIM marks for inclusion within
pieces at automation rates.
One commenter remarked that it did not appear the Postal Service
gave serious consideration to mailer comments concerning these issues
in the last Federal Register and requested that it give such attention
in this rulemaking.
Some of the items stated as concerns by these commenters involve
issues that were at issue in the PRC proceeding, such as drop shipment
discounts, and minimum quantity standards for mailings. The Postal
Service cannot use rulemaking to change rates, discounts, and DMCS
provisions that were recommended by the PRC and approved by the
Governors. The Postal Service recognizes that under Classification
Reform many mailers will be affected by new preparation criteria;
however, the Postal Service believes that these preparation criteria
are necessary to achieve the goal of encouraging mail that is efficient
for the Postal Service to handle.
e. Minimum Quantity Standards/Definition of a Mailing
Ten comments were received concerning the application of minimum
quantity standards to mailings and the definition of a mailing. These
commenters had concerns about the proposed standard that each separate
subclass and, within each subclass, each separate mail processing
category, meet the appropriate 500-piece (First-Class) or 200-piece
(Standard Mail) minimum quantity standard.
Five commenters indicated the minimum quantity should apply to the
combined subclasses in the physical mailing and not to each individual
subclass. Six commenters similarly requested that mailers should be
able to combine mailings of different subclasses and rate categories
that are part of the same mailing job. Four commenters stated that
applying the minimum to
[[Page 10073]]
each subclass could cause problems for qualifying non-barcoded mail
because when using lists that have a high percentage of names that can
be properly barcoded, there may not be enough pieces left over after
preparing the Automation mailing to meet a separate minimum quantity
standard for mailing at Retail (now Presorted First-Class) or Regular
(now Nonautomation Standard) rates. Another commenter expressed concern
that mail remaining that cannot meet a separate minimum quantity
standard will end up in the single-piece rate category, and that
single-piece rate mail is generally not accepted at business mail entry
units. One commenter also indicated that proposed DMM M130.1.1b, which
stated that a mailing can consist of only one processing category, and
M130.1.1d, which required that a separate rate marking appear on Retail
Mail (now named Presorted First-Class), do not permit mailers to
prepare the residual to an Automation mailing as a Retail (Presorted
First-Class) mailing. One commenter expressed concern that splitting a
Standard mailing job into three separate mailstreams complicates the
mailing process and that this conflicts with a stated purpose of
Classification Reform to simplify the preparation of mailings.
The Domestic Mail Classification Schedule approved by the Governors
specifies separate 500-piece minimum quantity standards for the
following First-Class mailings: (1) Letters and Sealed Parcels
Automation, (2) Cards Automation, (3) Letters and Sealed Parcels
Presorted, and (4) Cards Presorted. Accordingly, the final implementing
DMM standards in this notice contain these separate minimum quantity
standards for Automation mailings and for Presorted First-Class
Mailings, including the separate minimums for mailings of First-Class
Cards. First-Class mailers will be permitted to combine letters and
cards in the same mailing as they do currently, provided each separate
subclass (cards and letters) meets its own separate 500 piece minimum
quantity standard and mailers either affix exact postage to each piece
in the mailing or can provide standardized documentation to reflect the
number of pieces in each subclass and each rate category within the
combined mailing. The current provisions that all pieces in a mailing
must be of the same processing category (with certain exceptions
allowing for commingling Standard Machinable and Irregular parcels) are
also retained in the final implementing DMM standards.
The DMCS also prescribes separate minimum quantity standards of 200
pieces or 50 pounds each mailing of Standard Regular and Enhanced
Carrier Route rate mail. Due to operational differences in the way that
mail is handled, automation mail must be sorted and presented
separately from presorted nonautomation mail. The Postal Service has
determined that automation and nonautomation mail must therefore be
prepared and presented as separate mailings. Accordingly, the final
implementing DMM standards in this notice contain separate minimum
quantity standards for the following Standard mailings: (1) automation
Enhanced Carrier Route, (2) nonautomation Enhanced Carrier Route, (3)
automation Regular, and (4) presorted nonautomation Regular.
If, after preparing one or more of the above mailings within a
class, mailers are left with a quantity of pieces that do not meet the
minimum quantity standards for a Presorted First-Class or presorted
nonautomation Regular mailing, mailers are correct that such pieces
must be mailed at single-piece rates. These single-piece rate pieces
will be accepted through the Business Mail Entry Unit when presented
along with other presort rate mailings. Additional information on
markings and postage payment for these pieces is provided in the
separate comment sections on those two topics.
Eight commenters indicated that mailings of all subclasses should
be able to be reported on the same mailing statement, and on the same
documentation. Four commenters requested clarification concerning the
application of minimum quantity standards to plant verified drop
shipment (PVDS) mailings expressing opinions that Customer Support
ruling PS-283 be continued under Classification Reform. Three
commenters pointed out that there is a conflict in the proposed rule
between the information presented in the general comments section which
states separate subclasses cannot be part of the same mailing, and the
information in DMM 600.2.4 which states that all the Standard Mail
subclasses can be prepared in the same mailing, and that this is
further confused by rules and comments indicating that mailings of
different subclasses can be combined on the same pallets in palletized
mailings. These commenters stated that the proposed policy was
confusing and inconsistently applied throughout the proposed standards.
One of these commenters indicated that he interpreted the proposed
standards to mean that Standard Automation and Regular (now
nonautomation Regular) mail may be on the same pallet and can be
reported on the same documentation and mailing statement. One commenter
stated that his support for 100% barcoding during the Implementation
Advisory Group (IAG) meetings was conditional on having Enhanced
Carrier Route, Automation, and Regular subclass mail to be part of the
same mailing and reported on the same mailing statement. This commenter
believed that previous responses to comments led him to believe the
Postal Service agreed with this single mailing concept.
The information in proposed DMM 600.2.4, which stated that all the
Standard mail subclasses could be prepared in the same mailing
contained a typographical error omitting the word ``not.'' The Postal
Service regrets any confusion this may have caused. Under
Classification Reform, a mailing will consist of a group of mail of the
same class and subclass which will be processed in the same manner by
the Postal Service, and which is submitted for verification at the same
time. Each mailing will be required to meet a separate minimum quantity
standard. As indicated above, for presorted Regular Standard Mail
mailers, automation mail must be prepared as a separate mailing from
mail entered at presorted nonautomation rates, and automation Enhanced
Carrier Route mail must be submitted as a separate mailing from mail
entered at nonautomation Enhanced Carrier Route rates and from other
Regular Standard mailings. Each of these four mailings must therefore
meet a separate 200-piece or 50-pound minimum quantity standard.
Similarly, a First-Class Automation letter mailing must meet a separate
500-piece minimum quantity standard and a Presorted First-Class letter
mailing must meet a separate 500-piece minimum quantity standard.
Separate minimum quantity standards must also be met for mailings of
automation First-Class Cards and Presorted First-Class Cards.
The final implementing DMM standards contained in this notice
provide that separate mailings of the same class of mail and in the
same mailing job that are presented for verification at the same time
may be claimed on a single postage statement. The Postal Service has
renamed its ``mailing statements'' as ``postage statements'' to avoid
confusion as to whether more than one mailing can be reported on a
single statement. Under the standardized documentation standards for
these mailings, separate documents describing each mailing will
[[Page 10074]]
be required except for copalletized, commingled, or combined mailings
submitted on pallets. For these palletized mailings, packages or sacks
or trays from each of the separate mailings are sorted together for
placement on the appropriate level of pallets. Therefore, standardized
documentation for palletized mailings will report pieces contained in
each separate mailing by each separate rate category on a pallet by
pallet basis, with a summary roll up of the total pieces for each
separate mailing and each rate for the entire mailing job. Each of the
mailings on the pallets that are part of the same mailing job may be
reported on a single postage statement. The DMM standards in this
notice have been revised to make these standards clear.
Customer Support Ruling PS-283, Third-Class Destination Entry
Discounts and Fourth-Class Bulk Bound Printed Matter for PVDS, that
pertains to application of minimum quantity standards for plant
verified drop shipment (PVDS) mailings will continue to apply to the
corresponding Standard mailings under Classification Reform.
f. Marking Standards
Eighteen comments were received in response to the proposed marking
standards for First-Class and Standard Mail. Five commenters expressed
outright opposition to the additional required markings. Three
commenters suggested the Postal Service consider a transition period to
allow time for mailer system and mailpiece design changes to
accommodate the proposed marking standards. One of these commenters
requested a one-year transition period to allow his company to deplete
their envelope stock bearing current markings. One commenter asked
whether the Postal Service would produce precanceled stamps bearing the
proposed markings and asked whether it would accept stamps with current
markings. One of these commenters questioned the need for the markings
since they have no impact on improving deliverability of mailpieces.
One commenter indicated that 5 to 7 address lines would be needed
for the markings plus a barcode, and that this means their address
windows will have to be enlarged to accommodate the extra address
lines. Another commenter similarly indicated he would have space
problems with their addresses if an optional endorsement line had to be
added. Two commenters indicated they had cleaned their address blocks
to appear more personalized and had eliminated all but the carrier
route endorsement line and the Address Correction Service information
line. These commenters were concerned the proposed markings would
detract from the appearance of their mailings and thereby reduce the
response rate to these pieces.
Several commenters pointed out problems that separate markings for
separate mailings would pose for their operations. Four MLOCR users
indicated that they cannot mark the mail before processing it, and that
the ability to apply the marking with an ink jet is not currently
available. They also stated that since their mailings consist of
various size pieces it would be hard to spray on a marking in a
consistent place. They further indicated that they could not apply
markings representing individual presort rates. One of these mailers
stated that in a letter sorter environment postage is applied to the
pieces prior to sorting them, and therefore correct markings could be
applied only if an optional endorsement line was used (requiring an
enormous amount of programming time) or if some mail was run through
the postage meter process a second time. Five commenters stated that
because their Retail Mail (renamed Presorted First-Class) will come
from Automation mail that was not delivery point barcoded, a standard
to separately mark this mail as Retail Mail (now Presorted First-Class)
would be a problem in itself and would also lead to postage payment
problems. One of these commenters stated the same marking and postage
problems will be encountered if some of the uncoded mail must be
entered at the First-Class single-piece rates.
One commenter requested use of a generic ``Presort'' marking for
all mailings. Two commenters requested that Retail Mail be allowed to
bear an Automation marking, and two commenters suggested Automation
mail be permitted to use the Retail marking. Two commenters indicated
there would be no efficient way to delete old markings and add new
markings to mailpieces. Another commenter indicated that the proposed
endorsements would cause a problem in his mailing operations in which
separately sorted mailings that each bear preprinted markings on an
insert appearing through a window are merged together using barcode
sorters to boost presort qualification levels. The merged final mailing
would therefore not be able to show an individual rate qualification
level marking. One commenter stated that one of the exhibits in the
proposed rule appeared to require destination entry level in the
markings and requested that the Postal Service eliminate this standard.
One commenter indicated that the standards are unclear and
requested clarification as to whether each subclass would have to bear
a separate marking. This commenter requested further information as to
which markings can appear in the indicia. Another commenter pointed out
that the proposed language in DMM P040, Exhibit 4.1b, stated that the
``Bulk Rate'' marking in permit imprints should be replaced with a
``Presort'' marking, yet the standards in proposed DMM M810.1.1 stated
that Standard Mail must be marked Standard or STD. This commenter
stated that based on proposed DMM M810.1.1 he would have expected the
permit imprint to have contained the marking ``Standard'' rather than
:``Presort.'' One commenter was confused as to where the proposed
subclass markings could be placed and suggested this standard could be
a problem unless they were allowed in the address block. One commenter
stated that the rules for optional endorsement lines and key lines need
to be standardized since the information in each of these appears to be
similar but is not consistent in content and format. One commenter
asked whether the markings in DMM P700 would be required for everyone
or just for customers who use manifest mailing systems.
One commenter wanted to know why nonprofit mailers and Periodicals
Mail did not need to meet the new marking standards.
One commenter didn't understand the need for the markings
indicating that it will provide no additional information to the Postal
Service. One commenter stated that the marking standards are the result
of shortcomings in the Postal Service In-Office Cost System (IOCS).
This commenter further stated that the Postal Service should invest in
technology to correct these shortcomings, and not require mailers to
invest in technology to fix them. One commenter indicated that the
Postal Service should use mailers' acceptance documents to gather
needed information and expressed a belief that these forms are not
analyzed and documented now. This commenter further questioned whether
the information this proposal requested would be used any more
effectively.
Markings are used to develop detailed cost information about
various categories of mail. The Postal Service In-Office Cost System
(IOCS) determines the costs attributable to each subclass and certain
rate categories. These attributable costs are used in determining
rates. The IOCS uses a sampling system. A data collector will
[[Page 10075]]
go to a randomly selected postal employee at a randomly selected time
and record the subclass, and where applicable, the rate category
information appearing on any mail that postal employee is handling at
the time of observation. The data collector will use the markings that
appear on individual mail pieces, as well as postage, piece size, and
other information to determine the subclass and any applicable rate
category of the mail being handled at the time of observation.
Accurate cost attribution depends on accurate piece markings. It is
therefore in the best interest of both mailers and the Postal Service
to have accurate costing information for subclasses and mailing and
rate categories within subclasses for ratemaking purposes.
Classification Reform offers an opportunity to implement markings that
will enable the Postal Service to more accurately determine the costs
of automation (barcoded) mailings and other mailings. Accordingly, the
Postal Service has determined that the markings applied to First-Class
and Standard mailpieces must accurately reflect the subclass and
mailing category at which the pieces are actually mailed. For mail at
any carrier route rates, a marking specifying the actual rate category
within a mailing will also be required.
The Postal Service is also sensitive to the concerns of the mailers
who commented. It recognizes that in some instances the marking
standards contained in this notice may require mailers to make changes
to their current mailing practices. In response to these concerns, the
Postal Service has made modifications to the final marking standards to
make them easier for mailers to comply with. The final standards are
described below.
In response to comments concerning needed phase-in time to use
current stocks of envelopes bearing ``Presorted First-Class'' and
``Bulk Rate'' markings, and concerns over use of precanceled stamps
that currently bear these printed markings, the Postal Service has
decided to retain use of ``Presorted First-Class'' rather than adopt
the proposed ``Presort First-Class'' for First-Class Mail; and to
retain use of ``Bulk Rate'' or ``Blk. Rt.'' as the marking for Standard
Mail (A) rather than the proposed ``Standard'' marking plus another
specific mailing marking. Use of these current class specific markings
will still allow the Postal Service to collect accurate data without
adding the extra cost to mailers of buying new envelopes, or replacing
meter slugs, or remarking mail bearing precanceled stamps with what
would have been obsolete markings. This retention of current markings
will also eliminate the confusion that would have occurred during any
transition period that would have allowed mail bearing the old markings
concurrent with mail bearing new markings. Accordingly, the Postal
Service does not plan to phase-in the marking standards.
For all First-Class and Standard Mail (A) presort rate mailings,
both a class marking and a mailing marking will be required on each
piece. For carrier route rates a class marking, mailing marking, and a
specific carrier route rate marking will be required.
For presorted First-Class mailings (both Automation and Presorted
First-Class), the class marking of either ``First-Class'' or
``Presorted First-Class'' must appear in the postage area. For
presorted Standard (A) mailings (Automation, Enhanced Carrier Route,
and Nonautomation), the class marking ``Bulk Rate'' or ``Blk. Rt.''
must appear in the postage area. The postage area is defined as the
area within the permit imprint or precanceled stamp, or below or to the
left of the meter stamp, permit imprint or precanceled stamp.
For automation First-Class, automation Regular Standard, and
automation Enhanced Carrier Route Standard mailings, the marking
``AUTO'' in all capital letters will be required on all pieces in
addition to the applicable class marking described above. In addition,
mail qualifying for a presort First-Class or Enhanced Carrier Route
Standard automation carrier route letter rate, must bear an additional
CR rate marking so that the marking will appear as ``AUTOCR'' on each
piece qualifying for those rates. The ``AUTOCR'' marking is in addition
to the applicable class marking described above. The ``AUTOCR'' marking
may appear only on pieces qualifying for an automation carrier route
rate and the ``AUTO'' marking may appear only on pieces qualifying for
a non-carrier route automation rate. The automation marking (``AUTO''
or ``AUTOCR'') may appear in the postage area or on the top line of the
address (only a barcode may appear above it). Alternatively, for MLOCR
users, the appropriate ``AUTO'' or ``AUTOCR'' marking may appear to the
left of a barcode in the lower right corner of the envelope, or to the
left of a date applied by the MLOCR in the postage payment area.
For nonautomation Presorted First-Class mailings the marking
``Presorted First-Class'' will be required in the postage area. This
serves as the marking for both the class of mail and type of mailing.
As indicated above, mail entered at the Presorted First-Class rates
will not be permitted to also bear an ``AUTO'' or ``AUTOCR'' marking.
Mail entered at single-piece First-Class rates must bear only the
``First-Class'' marking, no marking, or under certain conditions, the
``Presorted First-Class'' marking. Single-piece rate mail may bear the
``Presorted First-Class'' marking only if additional postage is affixed
to each piece to bring the total postage affixed to each piece up to
the correct single-piece rate (based on the weight of the piece). For
mailers using precanceled stamps or permit imprints, the additional
postage affixed to single-piece rate mail could be in the form of
either stamps or a meter imprint. The addition of postage to single-
piece rate mail marked ``Presorted First-Class'' will allow IOCS data
collectors to determine that the piece was mailed at a single-piece
First-Class rate.
For presorted nonautomation Regular Standard mailings, the ``Bulk
Rate'' or ``Blk. Rt.'' marking will be required in the postage area.
This serves as the marking for both the class of mail and type of
mailing. For nonautomation Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail, each
piece must bear the marking ``ECRLOT'', ``ECRWSH'', or ``ECRWSS'' that
is appropriate for the rate paid (basic, high density, or saturation)
for the piece in addition to the ``Bulk Rate'' or ``Blk. Rt.'' class of
mail marking. The Enhanced Carrier Route markings may appear either in
the postage area or on the top line of the address. Mail entered at
single-piece Standard rates must bear the marking ``Standard'', or
under certain conditions, the ``Bulk Rate'' or ``Blk. Rt.'' marking.
Single-Piece Standard Mail may bear the ``Bulk Rate'' or ``Blk. Rt.''
marking only if additional postage is affixed to each piece to bring
the total postage affixed to each piece up to the correct single-piece
rate (based on the weight of the piece). For mailers using precanceled
stamps or permit imprints, the additional postage could be in the form
of either stamps or a meter. The addition of postage to single-piece
rate mail marked ``Bulk Rate'' or ``Blk. Rt.'' will allow IOCS data
collectors to determine that the piece was mailed at a single-piece
Standard rate.
These marking standards will allow use of current meter slugs,
permit imprints, and precanceled stamps that bear the ``Presorted
First-Class'' and ``Bulk Rate'' or ``Blk. Rt.'' markings. For mailers
who electronically presort mail, any additional mailing and carrier
route rate markings can be applied on the top line of the address.
For MLOCR users, including those preparing mail under value added
refund (VAR) provisions, it is
[[Page 10076]]
recognized that some changes to their operations may be needed to
comply with these marking standards. However, these mailers should be
able to comply with these standards provided they can spray the
appropriate ``AUTO'' or ``AUTOCR'' marking on mailpieces at the time a
delivery point barcode is applied. The ``AUTO'' or ``AUTOCR'' marking
would have to be suppressed any time a 5-digit barcode or no barcode is
applied. Since pieces in both the automation First-Class mailing and
the Presorted First-Class mailing will be allowed to bear the marking
``Presorted First-Class'' in the postage area, this will allow mail not
coded to delivery point being to be submitted as a properly marked
Presorted First-Class mailing, provided all other standards for that
type of mailing are met, including a separate 500 piece minimum
quantity standard. Similarly the provision for both an automation
Enhanced Carrier Route mailing and a nonautomation Regular mailing to
bear the marking ``Bulk Rate'' or ``Blk. Rt.'' in the postage area, and
the ability to apply the appropriate ``AUTO'' or ``AUTOCR'' marking at
the time the barcode is applied will allow mail not coded to delivery
point to be submitted as a properly marked nonautomation Regular
mailing. The provision allowing the ``AUTO'' and ``AUTOCR'' marking to
be printed to the left of the barcode in the lower right corner of the
mailpiece, or in the postage area to the left of a date applied by the
MLOCR, should make the ``AUTO'' or ``AUTOCR'' markings easier to apply
for these mailers. In response to the commenter that indicated ink jet
capability has not yet been developed, it should be pointed out that
MLOCR users may currently use ink jet to spray a new mailing date and
the correct ZIP Code for the mailpiece, and that many mailers are using
these options already. The Postal Service does not believe that it
would be onerous to adapt these existing systems to apply the ``AUTO''
or ``AUTOCR'' markings.
First-Class, Regular Standard and Enhanced Carrier Route Standard
mailers opposed to placing markings in the top line of the address will
either need to modify their address labels or address inserts and
windows, or to place the applicable mailing and carrier route rate
markings in the postage area.
Nonprofit Standard and Preferred Periodicals mailers are not
affected by these new marking standards because these subclasses were
not part of this Classification Reform effort. Cost data for
Periodicals Mail is determined by the publication number that must
appear in each copy. Accordingly, new marking standards will not be
applied to Regular Periodicals under Classification Reform.
g. Postage Payment
Five commenters had concerns about postage payment issues. Four of
these commenters had concerns about the treatment of mail that would
not qualify as part of an Automation mailing and would, as a result,
become part of a Retail (Presorted First-Class) mailing. These
commenters requested that Retail (Presorted First-Class) mail left over
after preparing Automation mailings be permitted to bear postage at the
Automation rates rather than the Retail (Presorted First-Class) rates,
and that any difference between the postage affixed and the actual rate
of postage owed for these mailings be paid by means of a meter strip
affixed to the mailing statement or through an advance deposit account.
This would simplify their mailing operations and prevent them from
having to remeter mail entered at Retail (Presorted First-Class) rates.
Generally mailers affix postage to mail prior to sorting it. Most of
these commenters indicated that they use MLOCRs to prepare the mail and
indicated that they would not know whether a piece could be barcoded
and entered as part of an Automation mailing until after it was sorted.
These commenters indicated that the proposed standards to separately
mark and pay postage at the appropriate Retail (Presorted First-Class)
rates for their nondelivery point barcoded mail would require them to
run the mail through a second metering operation after it was sorted,
adding cost and time to their operations. One of these commenters also
requested that single-piece rate mail that could not be made part of
either an Automation mailing or a Retail (Presorted First-Class)
mailing also be allowed to pay the difference in postage between the
rate affixed and the single-piece rate through a meter strip or an
advance deposit account.
The rules for payment of postage under Classification Reform will
differ by method of postage payment as they do today. For mailings paid
by permit imprint, all pieces in a mailing must be of identical weight
(unless manifesting or an optional or alternative procedure has been
authorized by a rates & classification service center). Presort
mailings containing more than one rate category must be verifiable
either based on weight (because the pieces are of identical weight and
the mailer separates the trays or sacks by rate category at the time of
verification), or based on the submission of standardized documentation
showing the number of pieces in each rate category. As indicated under
the marking section, if any pieces remain that are subject to single-
piece rates, each such piece must have postage affixed at the correct
single-piece rate, or the pieces must be submitted as a separate
single-piece rate permit imprint mailing bearing the proper rate
markings for single-piece rate mail and meeting a separate minimum
quantity standard for a permit imprint mailing.
For metered mailings, postage must be metered on each piece at
either the exact rate of postage for the mailpiece, or at the lowest
rate applicable to any piece in the mailing, unless the mailer is
authorized by a rates and classification service center to mail under
an alternative program such as value added. An exception is provided by
this final rule for mailing jobs. When a mailing job consists of two
(First-Class) or two to three (Standard) mailing categories, and all
the mailings in the mailing job are presented for verification at the
same time, mailers may apply postage at the lowest rate applicable to
any piece in the mailing job to all pieces in the mailing job. For
First-Class metered mailings, each piece weighing more than 1-ounce
must bear the correct amount of additional postage to pay for the
additional ounces.
Metered mailings containing more than one rate category must be
verifiable either based on weight (because the pieces are of identical
weight and the mailer separates the trays or sacks by rate category at
the time of verification), or based on the submission of standardized
documentation showing the number of pieces in each rate category.
Presort mailings of nonidentical-weight pieces must (and mailings of
identical weight may) be accompanied by standardized documentation that
shows the number of pieces in the applicable rate categories and the
total postage owed for the mailing. Any difference between the amount
of postage affixed to the piece and the amount of postage owed for the
presort mailing may be paid by means of a meter strip affixed to the
postage statement or through a trust fund account. If any pieces remain
that are subject to single-piece rates, each such piece must have
postage affixed at the correct single-piece rate.
For mailing jobs metered at the lowest rate in the job and having
all mailings submitted on one postage statement, the individual
mailings in a job of identical-weight pieces may also be verified by
weighing as described above. Nonidentical-weight mailing jobs must (and
identical weight mailings may) be accompanied by documentation that
[[Page 10077]]
shows the pieces and postage at each rate category by mailing with a
summary for the job. Any difference between the total amount of postage
affixed to each piece and the amount of postage owed for the total of
all the presort mailings for the job may be paid by means of a meter
strip affixed to the postage statement or through a single debit to an
advance deposit account. If any pieces remain that are subject to
single-piece rates, each such piece must have postage affixed at the
correct single-piece rate.
For precanceled stamp mailings, each piece must bear either a
Postal Service precanceled stamp or stamps precanceled with a mailer's
postmark. Mailers must be able to document (either by the weighing
method or standardized documentation as described for meters) the
difference between the price paid for the stamp affixed and the amount
of postage owed for the presort mailing. The additional postage owed
for the presort mailing and any single-piece rate pieces must be paid
in the same manner as described for metered mailings. The provisions
for mailing jobs also apply to precanceled stamp mailings.
For value added refund mailings, the value added refund
documentation and payment procedures will be extended to the
nonautomation presorted portion of the mailing.
Mailings or jobs of any postage payment method in which cards and
letters are combined must be accompanied by standardized documentation
that substantiates that the separate minimum quantity standards for
cards and letters have been met. The documentation must also contain
separate rate columns for each card rate and for each letter rate in
the mailing or mailing job. In addition, if such combined mailings are
paid with precanceled stamps or meters, the cards must bear postage at
card rates and the letters must bear postage at the letter rates. Any
difference between postage affixed and postage owed for the presort
portion of a mailing or mailing job containing both cards and letters
may also be paid by means of a meter strip affixed to the postage
statement or through an advance deposit account. If any pieces remain
that are subject to single-piece rates, each such piece must have
postage affixed at the correct single-piece rate, or the pieces must be
submitted as a separate single-piece rate permit imprint mailing
bearing the proper rate markings for single-piece rate mail and meeting
a separate minimum quantity standard for a permit imprint mailing.
h. Minimum Per Piece Rate Breakpoints for Standard Mail (A)
Five comments were received regarding the minimum per piece rate
weight breakpoints. All five commenters requested that the same
breakpoint be used for the entire class of Standard Mail for the sake
of simplicity. Two of these commenters further indicated that they
wanted the highest weight breakpoint to apply to the entire class.
These two commenters also stated a belief that there was no reason for
the weight limits on heavy letter mail (mail weighing more than 3
ounces) that is eligible for mailing at the Automation letter rates to
be different for First-Class, Periodicals, Regular Standard, and
Nonprofit Standard Mail.
Separate rate schedules for each subclass of Standard Mail were
recommended by the PRC and approved by the Governors. The rate
schedules for the Regular, Enhanced Carrier Route, and Nonprofit
subclasses of Standard Mail (A) each separately prescribe that mailers
must pay either the minimum piece rate or the pound rates, whichever is
higher. The weight breakpoint for each subclass is mathematically
derived to determine the weight at which the pound rates become higher
than the minimum per piece rates. Accordingly, the Postal Service
cannot change the point at which the pound rates apply for individual
subclasses in this process. Once a particular weight break is exceeded,
the non-letter size piece and pound rates apply. The Postal Service
does set the weight limits for eligibility for automation First-Class
or Periodicals letter rates based on operational and administrative
criteria. In the interest of simplicity, the Postal Service has
determined to allow First-Class and Periodicals letter mail that meets
the higher Standard Mail weight breakpoint to be eligible for barcoded
letter rates provided that such mail meets all other standards for that
rate. This affords as many mailers as possible the highest weight cut-
off for Automation letter rates.
i. Acceptance Procedures for Presort Errors
One commenter requested information as to what would happen if one
of his machines missorted one piece of mail. This commenter gave an
example of a situation where on the second pass of an MLOCR, a piece
destined to a 3-digit bin might mistakenly be sorted by the machine to
another bin. The commenter indicated that the machine would not report
that piece at the 3-digit automation rate, but indicated that this
piece might be subsequently found and placed in a mixed AADC tray
because it would be difficult to find the proper 3-digit tray. The
commenter asked whether finding such a piece within a mixed AADC tray
would be considered an error, and if such errors exceeded whatever
tolerance might be established, if it would disqualify the mailing or
result in substantial penalties. The commenter requested that this type
of error be ignored for acceptance purposes since the primary 3-digit
and AADC separations would be made and correct postage would be paid on
the piece.
Currently, a First-Class barcoded mailing is permitted to contain
an unlimited amount of residual mailpieces without penalty, even if the
pieces could have been sorted to a finer extent. This is because the
residual mail is currently paid at single-piece rates. When
Classification Reform is implemented, all pieces in an Automation
mailing will receive a presort rate. Therefore it will be expected that
all pieces within such mailings be presorted to the finest extent
possible to 3-digit and AADC destinations prior to placing mail in a
mixed AADC tray. All possible 5-digit trays will not be expected
because this is an optional sortation level. Therefore, if during the
acceptance process, mail is discovered in a mixed AADC tray that could
have been sorted to a 3-digit or AADC tray in the mailing, such mail
will be considered a presort error. Because the Postal Service
recognizes that some machine or human errors can occur in the
preparation of mailings, the Postal Service allows a tolerance without
penalty for errors discovered in a mailing during acceptance. If the
errors found in the mailing exceed this tolerance, mailers will be
given the same two choices currently available: (1) to take the mailing
back, correct it, and resubmit it to the Postal Service; or (2) to pay
additional postage at the appropriate rate for the proportion of the
mailing found to be in error during the verification process. The
Postal Service does not agree with the commenter that certain types of
errors should be ignored because the mailer did not intentionally make
the error. The Postal Service expects that mailers will exercise good
machine maintenance and other quality control procedures in their
operations to ensure that such errors in sorting are minimized.
j. Destination Delivery Unit Discounts
Ten commenters had concerns over the proposed revisions in the
qualification criteria for destination delivery unit discounts for
Standard
[[Page 10078]]
Mail and Publications Service Periodicals to require that mailers take
carrier route sorted mail to the postal facility where sequencing of
the mail takes place rather than to the postal facility where the
carrier is located, in those situations where these were not the same
facility.
Seven commenters requested that the change requiring carrier route
mail to be entered at the location where the mail is sequenced should
be dropped. These mailers questioned how a small mailer is to know this
information and that it will be subject to change. Two commenters did
not disagree with the new standard but recommended that the Postal
Service develop a list of 5-digit ZIP Code facilities at which mailers
must drop Destination Delivery Unit mail. One commenter stated that
this standard only has logic for letters and possibly for automation
flats, and that applying it to non-automation flats could interfere
with well established mailing patterns for newspapers and their
shippers. This commenter requested that postmasters be given the
authority to allow mail to be dropped at the delivery office.
As pointed out by one commenter, a change in where the mail is
dropped makes sense only for letter mail. Moreover, any change in where
the mail is dropped would apply only to automation (barcoded) letter
mail that is processed at CSBCS sites. Since Publications Service was
not recommended as a separate subclass of Periodicals mail, and there
is no automation carrier route rate applicable to Regular Periodicals,
this revision will not apply to Periodicals under implementation of
Classification Reform. Mailers of Periodicals, and of Standard letters
mailed at other than automation Enhanced Carrier Route letter rates,
will continue to drop their mail at the destination where the carrier
is located since it is the carrier who sequences this mail under these
final rules. However, for automation Enhanced Carrier Route letter
mail, mailers will be required to drop their mail at the postal
facility where the mail is sequenced. This could be the facility at
which the carrier sequence barcode sorter (CSBCS) is located which will
sequence the mail, rather than the facility at which the carrier is
located. Mailers may contact the appropriate USPS district drop
shipment coordinators to determine the sites where automation Enhanced
Carrier Route letter mail must be dropped to obtain DDU discounts. The
Postal Service plans to incorporate information as to where automation
Enhanced Carrier Route mail must be dropped to obtain DDU discounts in
its AIS Drop Shipment product in the future.
k. Replacement of SDC Network With ADC Network
One comment was received in response to the Postal Service's notice
that the SDC network would be replaced by the ADC network for all mail,
effective with the implementation of Classification Reform. This
commenter asked whether we would be creating an excess of skin sacks as
a result of this since there are more ADCs than SDCs. He indicated that
today all working flat mail is placed in the same sack, and it appears
that the network change would require a separate sack for this mail for
each ADC.
The sortation rules for mail sorted to ADCs will require either a
full tray (with no overflow) or a sack meeting a prescribed minimum
quantity. Therefore there should not be an excess of skin sacks created
by this network change. Mail that cannot be placed in full letter or
flat trays, or in sacks meeting the specified minimum quantity would
continue to be merged into mixed trays or sacks with the label changed
to Mixed ADC rather than mixed states.
l. Enhanced Carrier Route Rate Eligibility for Routes With Fewer Than
Ten Stops
One commenter commended the USPS for allowing mail destined for
carrier routes that have fewer than 10 delivery stops to qualify for
the Saturation Enhanced Carrier Route rates if it meets the applicable
density and documentation standards.
m. Eligibility for Enhanced Carrier Route High Density Rates
Three comments were received in response to the Postal Service's
indication that walk sequencing rather than line-of-travel (LOT)
sequencing would be required to qualify for High Density Enhanced
Carrier Route rates. All three commenters indicated that LOT sequencing
should be permitted.
Currently, walk sequence is required to obtain these rates, and
that standard has been retained in the applicable DMCS provisions
recommended by the PRC and accepted by the Governors.
n. Density Standards for Saturation Enhanced Carrier Route Mail
One commenter requested an explanation as to why in proposed DMM
sections E632.1.7b and c, multiple pieces for a single delivery address
are not allowed to count toward meeting the Saturation Enhanced Carrier
Route qualification criteria, but are permitted to count toward meeting
the 125-pieces per route standard for High Density Enhanced Carrier
Route rates. This commenter asked whether this excludes multiple
dwelling units such as apartments or trailer parks. He requested
clarification of this rule and also a modification to make this rule
consistent for qualification for both rates.
The proposed DMM sections E632.1.7b and c do not reflect a change
from current standards but merely carry forward the current standards
in DMM E334.1.6d. To meet the saturation criteria, the Postal Service
requires delivery of a mailpiece to at least 90% of the active
residential addresses or at least 75% of the total number of active
possible delivery addresses for each carrier route claiming these
rates, whereas for High Density rates it requires only a total of 125
sequenced pieces per route. A delivery address for purposes of meeting
the Saturation standards could be individual apartments in an apartment
complex or highrise or individual trailers in a trailer park. This
standard for saturation rates does not preclude mailers from mailing
more than one piece to a specific delivery address, it only specifies
that the specific delivery address to which a piece or pieces are
delivered can count only once towards meeting the applicable percentage
of active possible delivery addresses per carrier route.
o. Placement of All Packages or Pieces for the Entry SCF in 3-Digit or
Finer Trays or Sacks
Eleven comments were received in response to the Postal Service's
proposal to require that all mail for the 3-digit ZIP Codes served by
the SCF of the entry post office be trayed or sacked to a 3-digit or
finer level of sortation. This proposed standard could have resulted in
the preparation of less-than-full 3-digit trays and sacks for the 3-
digit ZIP Codes served by the SCF of the entry post office where full
3-digit or finer trays or sacks for these destinations could not be
prepared. This standard was added to avoid having small quantities of
local mail being transported from the local office to an ADC or AADC
where it would undergo processing and transportation back to the SCF at
which it was entered. The avoidance of this loop would result in better
service and an expanded opportunity for mail to qualify for destination
SCF rates.
Four commenters indicated that this standard should be changed from
required to optional because it would be impossible for many drop
shipment mailers to comply with it. These
[[Page 10079]]
commenters pointed out that at many mail preparation facilities,
mailings are presorted and produced first and decisions as to
destination entry drop points made second after the mailer is able to
determine the total volume of mail it has produced on a given day for
certain drop shipment destinations. Because the presort is performed
prior to determining drop entry points, requiring 3-digit sortation
based on the SCF service area of the facility at which the mail is
dropped would require these mailers either to resort the mail by drop
ship sites or, to manually remove this mail from ADC, AADC, mixed ADC
and mixed AADC trays or sacks and make manual corrections to mailing
documentation. Six commenters indicated that these less-than-full 3-
digit trays should be eligible for the applicable 3-digit or 3/5 rate
rather than a basic rate. One commenter believed that a standard for
separate 3-digit trays was overkill and requested the ability to
prepare an SCF tray for this mail with separator cards. This would
prevent mailers from having to prepare 10 separate less-than-full 3-
digit trays for SCF areas such as White River Junction, VT, which
serves 10 different 3-digit ZIP Code areas. One commenter opposed this
standard, indicating that consistency in mail preparation transcends
the minimal benefit derived from this proposal.
In response to the comments by drop shipment mailers, the Postal
Service is revising the final DMM language to require preparation of
these less-than-full 3-digit trays or sacks only for the 3-digit ZIP
Codes served by the SCF of the post office where the mail is verified.
These trays or sacks would be optional for other entry points. The
Postal Service would also like to point out that because tray label
destinations for mixed AADC trays and mixed ADC trays and sacks of mail
will differ depending on the location of where the mail is dropped,
plant verified drop shipment mailers will be expected to make
appropriate tray label changes for any mixed AADC trays or mixed ADC
trays and sacks that are drop shipped to other than the facility where
the mail is verified.
The Postal Service does not want to reinstitute preparation of SCF
trays. Therefore the Postal Service is retaining the standard that,
after preparation of any applicable carrier route and 5-digit trays or
sacks, and all 3-digit trays or sacks meeting the applicable minimum
quantity standards, any mail (for automation and upgradable letters) or
any 5-digit and 3-digit packages (for other sortations) remaining for
the 3-digit ZIP Code or ZIP Codes served by the post office where the
mail is verified, must be prepared in separate 3-digit sacks or trays.
The only exception is that for automation letter mailings, preparation
of 3-digit scheme trays would be required where scheme sorts are
indicated in DMM L003. The Postal Service recognizes that in some SCF
areas like White River Junction, VT, which serves 10 different 3-digit
ZIP Code areas, this could result in as many as 10 separate less-than-
full trays or sacks for mailings at other than automation letter rates.
(For automation rate letters, only 3 separate scheme trays would be
required for this mail, assuming there were pieces in the mailing for
each of these schemes.) However, as stated above, the Postal Service
does not wish to reinstitute preparation of SCF packages, trays, or
sacks. The Postal Service is also retaining its position that when the
pieces in these entry or origin 3-digit (3-digit scheme for automation
rate letters) trays or sacks do not meet applicable minimum quantity
standards for 3-digit or 3/5 rates, the pieces must be paid at basic
rates.
p. Presort Accuracy Validation and Evaluation (PAVE)
The Postal Service proposed to require use of PAVE-certified
software or standardized documentation when preparing mailings under
any of the reformed subclasses. Four commenters responded to this
proposal. One commenter indicated that PAVE should not be required for
mail acceptance, rather there should be only a requirement for
standardized documentation. One commenter indicated that he is waiting
for further information. This commenter recommended that the
verification process for all changes and new proposals be incorporated
into the standardized documentation standards in order to eliminate
redundant documentation and streamline acceptance. One commenter
indicated that his company has invested in sophisticated documentation
software and needs the standardized documentation requirements in order
to make necessary programming changes. One commenter indicated that the
Postal Service needs to establish timely and reasonable procedures for
mailers to have their documentation certified as standard. One
commenter sent in a sample of current documentation to determine
whether it met the standardized documentation requirements.
The Postal Service has retained the standard for mailers to use
either PAVE-certified software or to use standardized documentation.
The standardized documentation requirements are included in this final
rule. Mailers who use standardized documentation need not also meet the
PAVE-certified software standard although its use is strongly
recommended. Mailers using PAVE-certified software can be assured that
their documentation will meet the standardized documentation
requirement. The standardized documentation specified in this final
rule does not incorporate all the new eligibility and mail preparation
standards of Classification Reform as requested by one commenter. The
standardized documentation is used to show that the presort criteria
have been met and that rates were properly claimed on the postage
statement. Certification of addressing standards, move update standards
for First-Class Mail, certification that enclosed reply pieces in
automation rate mailings are prepared with proper barcodes and FIMs,
etc. cannot properly be captured by standardized documentation and will
be certified through separate use of a Form 3553, the postage
statement, or other means. Consolidation of all these certification
standards may be considered in the future but is not part of these
final implementing rules.
The Postal Service plans to have PAVE testing available for
affected presort categories prior to implementation of Classification
Reform. PAVE test files will be available to software vendors on March
22 for First-Class and Regular Standard letters and flats categories,
and on March 29 for Enhanced Carrier Route Standard categories. This
will provide sufficient time for the Postal Service to evaluate
returned test files and certify participants prior to implementation of
Classification Reform. Vendors whose files fail as a result of an
initial evaluation will also have time for retesting and reevaluation
for certification prior to the July 1 implementation date. Test files
for Regular Periodicals will not be available until early summer as a
result of the significant changes made to the quality and preparation
standards in this category from those published in the proposed rule.
Accordingly, the standard for use of PAVE certified software or
standardized documentation for Regular Periodicals will not be required
until January 1, 1997.
Mailers are advised that PAVE certification does not remove the
requirement to submit documentation with each mailing where
documentation is required. This is because PAVE tests the ability of a
software program to sort addresses properly, but does not test the
[[Page 10080]]
mailer's proper use of it or the application of proper mailing
parameters to each mailing. Use of PAVE-certified software will assure
that the documentation produced meets the requirements for standardized
documentation. PAVE also tests the ability to prepare properly
formatted postage statement facsimiles. Software that is developed in-
house by mailers may be PAVE-certified. Requests for PAVE certification
information and tests should be directed to:
Pave Program, National Customer Support Center, US Postal Service,
6060 Primacy Pky Ste 101, Memphis TN 38188-0001
A list of PAVE certified products, by vendor, will be available on
RIBBS, the Postal Service Rapid Information Bulletin Board System, and
from the above address.
q. Perceived Restriction on the Mailability of Postcards as Bills
One commenter pointed out that the proposed Domestic Mail
Classification Schedule language in section 232.2 indicated that
mailpieces having certain characteristics such as punched holes,
vertical tearing guides, an address portion which is smaller than the
remainder of the card and numbers or letters unrelated to postal
purposes appearing in the address portion of the card, are not mailable
as a postal card or postcard unless the mailpieces are prepared as
prescribed by the Postal Service. This commenter believed that these
standards were new restrictions and was concerned that the Postal
Service included neither descriptions of ``face'' and ``holes, tearing
guides'' in the proposed DMM language in the proposed rule, nor
preparations ``prescribed by the Postal Service'' in order for mailers
to maintain mailability for such pieces. The commenter believed that
this meant that the Postal Service was seeking to prohibit such pieces
from being mailed and expressed concern about the impact this would
have on mailers of postcard bills.
DMCS section 232.2 does not set forth new restrictions on
postcards. This section carries forward the provisions of current DMCS
section 100.043. The related DMM preparation standards for this DMCS
provision are in current DMM C100.2.6 through 2.8. The Postal Service
did not propose any changes to DMM C100.2.6 through 2.8, except that
DMM C100.2.8 was revised to reflect the changes in the names of the
classes and subclasses of mail proposed in MC95-1 and to reflect the
proposed change to prepare this mail in trays rather than sacks. The
reason current DMM C100.26 and 2.7 were not included in the proposed
rule is because no changes were proposed for those existing sections.
The asterisks that appeared between revised DMM C100.2.1 and revised
DMM C100.2.8 meant that no changes were made to current rules that
appeared between these two sections in the DMM. Accordingly, the
current DMM provisions in C100.2.6 and 2.7 allowing postcards having
the characteristics described in DMCS section 232.2, to be mailed at
card rates if they are prepared under the provisions of DMM C100.2.8
will remain in effect. The commenter is also advised that the
additional preparation standards in C100.2.8 for pieces having the
aforementioned physical characteristics are for the purposes of
maintaining eligibility for card rates. Pieces having punched holes,
vertical tearing guides, an address portion smaller than the remainder
of the card, and numbers or letters unrelated to postal purposes
appearing in the address portion of the card, that are described in DMM
C100.2.6 and 2.7, and that do not meet the additional standards in DMM
C100.2.8, are still mailable but must pay postage at the letter rates
rather than the card rates.
2. Automation Mailings
a. 100% Barcoding
Nineteen commenters responded to the Postal Service proposal that
mailings at the proposed automation First-Class and automation Standard
Mail subclasses be comprised of 100% delivery point barcoded pieces for
letters and 100% ZIP+4 barcoded or delivery point barcoded pieces for
flats. Although an automation subclass was not recommended by the PRC,
the Postal Service reviewed these comments in light of its desire to
retain the 100% barcoding standard for automation mailings in the
First-Class Letters and Parcels subclass, automation mailings in the
Regular Standard Mail subclass, and automation mailings in the Enhanced
Carrier Route Standard Mail subclass. Furthermore, the Postal Service
plans to extend the 100% barcoding standard to automation (barcoded
rate) mailings within the Regular Periodicals subclass. Comments on
this extension to automation mailings of Regular Periodicals will be
permitted as discussed above.
Two commenters supported this standard, one of which indicated that
there is no need to phase in this standard because there is another
subclass at which to mail noncoded pieces. Another commenter requested
that implementation of this standard be delayed.
Four commenters requested a gradual increase in the percentage of
barcoded pieces needed to qualify, two of which suggested moving the
standard first to 90% and then to 95%, and one which wanted a 2-year
phase-in period. One commenter suggested that the standard be changed
to 95%, and another suggested that the Postal Service provide some
tolerance. One commenter asked whether there will be any error
tolerance for occurrences such as labels falling off, address
misprints, or a barcode spraying over two envelopes.
Two commenters requested the rules be changed to allow nonbarcoded
letter mail to be placed in the same trays as delivery point barcoded
mail, one suggesting separation of barcoded and nonbarcoded mail in all
trays, and one suggesting this practice be limited to AADC and mixed
AADC trays. Three other commenters indicated that splitting their mail
lists into two separate mailstreams, one with delivery point barcodes
and one without, will increase their mail preparation expenses. One of
these indicated it could result in more nonpresorted mail and another
commenter indicated that this standard would eliminate large volumes of
easier to process mail. Another commenter stated that together with the
150-piece minimum for rate qualification, the 100% barcoding standard
will result in a net increase in postage for many mailers, which in
turn could lead to a decrease in the volume of barcoded and presorted
mail. This commenter further stated that because postage for
nonbarcoded mail will increase total postage, the 100% barcoding
standard could result in a decrease of business for mail service
companies.
As indicated in the comment section of the December 22, 1995,
proposed rule, when mailers, as is currently permitted, mix delivery
point barcoded mail and non-delivery point barcoded mail within 3-digit
and residual portions of their barcoded rate mailings, the non-delivery
point barcoded mail is rejected from barcode sorters and must be rerun
on MLOCRs or multiposition letter sorting machines (MPLSMs). (Mail
presorted to 5-digit packages and trays must currently be 100% delivery
point barcoded.) Requiring mailers to prepare a separate mailing for
non-delivery point barcoded mail eliminates these extra handlings and
allows this mail to be directed properly from the start, resulting in
more efficient Postal Service processing. These efficiencies are
recognized in the lower automation rates recommended by the PRC and
approved by the Governors. Accordingly, the Postal Service does not
[[Page 10081]]
believe that phasing in or delaying this standard is appropriate. In
return for lower automation rates, mailers will have to perform the
additional work of separating nondelivery point barcoded mail (letters)
and non-ZIP+4 or delivery point barcoded mail (flats) from barcoded
mail, and presenting it as a separate Presorted First-Class,
nonautomation Regular Standard, nonautomation Enhanced Carrier Route
Mailing, or nonautomation Regular Periodicals mailing.
The Postal Service does not understand how this standard will
eliminate large volumes of easier to process mail or how it will lead
to a decrease in the volume of barcoded and presorted mail as some
commenters suggested. The nonautomation mailing rates approved by the
Governors are higher than current nonautomation rates, and much higher
than the automation rates to be implemented. For example, the rate
difference between an automation First-Class mailing and a Presorted
First-Class mailing is 3.4 cents-per-piece at basic automation rates
and 4.1 cents-per-piece for 3-digit automation rates. There is a 7.3
cents-per-piece difference between automation Regular Standard basic
rates and nonautomation Standard Regular basic rates, and a 3.4 cents-
per-piece difference between automation Regular Standard 3-digit rates
and nonautomation 3/5 Regular Standard rates. Based on these
incentives, the Postal Service believes most mailers will try to
qualify as much mail as possible for the lower automation rates,
thereby leading to an increase in barcoded mail.
One commenter took exception to a Postal Service response to a
comment indicating that if the 100% barcoding standard results in more
nonbarcoded mail presented for OCR processing at the origin post
office, the Postal Service believes that it has the operational
capacity to process this mail. The commenter stated that mailers have
been told for years that nonqualified residual must be presented early
in the night because operating units aren't able to handle this volume.
This commenter maintains that the 100% barcoding standard will result
in larger volumes of nonbarcoded mail and that this in turn will affect
the cut-off times that are now around 9:00 p.m. for acceptance of this
mail.
As indicated above, the Postal Service does not believe that the
100% barcoding standard will result in larger volumes of nonbarcoded
mail. When mailers separate out the current 15% of their nonbarcoded
mail that is currently permitted within barcoded rate mailings and
submit it as a separate mailing, they are not increasing the total
amount of nonbarcoded mail that must be processed by the Postal
Service. Furthermore, these mailers are likely to submit the non-
delivery point barcoded pieces as either a Presorted First-Class or
nonautomation Regular Standard mailing. These presorted nonautomation
rate mailings will contain 5-digit, 3-digit, and ADC trays (AADC trays
for upgradable mail) that can be dispatched directly to the appropriate
facility and thereby bypass individual piece processing at the entry
SCF. For automation Regular Standard mail, mixed AADC trays will be
directed to concentration centers, and nonautomation mixed ADC trays
will be directed to origin ADC for processing, also bypassing
processing at the entry SCF (unless the entry SCF happens to be the
concentration center or ADC). First-Class Mail received at the entry
post office in mixed AADC or mixed ADC trays will be processed at the
entry SCF. However, the processing of this mail will be more efficient
than the current processing of residual mail. Current residual mail
contains a mix of barcoded and nonbarcoded pieces. Under Classification
Reform, mixed AADC trays of automation rate mail will be 100% barcoded
and can be directed to an outgoing primary barcode sorter, mixed AADC
trays of upgradable nonbarcoded mail can be directed to an MLOCR
operation, and mixed ADC trays of nonupgradable mail can be directed to
the appropriate mechanized or manual operation. Furthermore, because
the SCF of the entry post office will not also have to process on OCRs
the current volume of mailer-prepared pieces without delivery point
barcodes that are rejected from that plant's barcode sorters, there
should be an offsetting lessening of mail volume presented to a plant's
OCRs for processing. If, despite all these offsetting factors, a higher
quantity of nonbarcoded single piece or mixed AADC barcoded mail is
experienced at a particular postal facility, the Postal Service can
make internal adjustments to handle that mail. Accordingly, the Postal
Service reiterates its belief that it has the operational capacity to
process this mail.
Two comments were received regarding the exception set forth in the
proposed rule to allow outgoing courtesy reply mail envelopes bearing a
FIM and a preapplied unique 5-digit or unique ZIP+4 barcode to be
considered to have a proper delivery point barcode as opposed to an 11-
digit delivery point barcode required for all other mail. The Postal
Service allowed this because this mail can be easily identified at
acceptance by the presence of the FIM. One commenter indicated that he
was pleased to see this provision and the other commenter noted that
this exception was missing from the DMM standards and requested it be
added to the DMM. Since the incidence of courtesy reply mail within the
outgoing barcoded mailstream should be small, and limited to MLOCR
users, this exception will be handled as an acceptance issue and will
not be included in DMM standards.
One commenter indicated that the 100% barcoding standards should
also apply to Nonprofit Standard Mail and to Periodicals mail. The 100%
barcoding standards have been added to Periodicals Automation mailings.
Nonprofit Standard and Preferred Periodicals mail is not part of this
phase of Classification Reform and therefore will not be affected by
this standard at this time. As indicated above, this standard is being
applied to automation Regular Periodical mail under the final rule.
One commenter suggested that the Postal Service cannot barcode all
addresses and that mailers therefore should not be held to this
standard. This commenter also believed that there are addresses in the
United States that have not been assigned ZIP+4 codes. One commenter
indicated the ZIP+4 database has errors and suggested that the Postal
Service match the DSF file against the ZIP+4 file, using CASS-certified
software, to list all noncoded addresses, and further list good
addresses that are not matched to the finest level to determine why
this might happen. Another commenter expressed concern that valid
addresses might not be coded due to data problems or strict software
standards, and invalid addresses might appear valid because incorrect
ZIP+4 codes are assigned. One commenter requested that the standard be
changed from 100% to between 95% and 97% to account for new addresses
and 911 conversions that are not in the database.
There are no addresses for which the Postal Service is unable to
assign a ZIP+4 code. For legal and privacy reasons, the Postal Service
cannot disclose mailing lists. The ZIP+4 files contain ranges of ZIP
Codes and are not intended as a product that would allow a mailer to
determine whether an address on a mailpiece actually exists. Mailers
with good quality addresses can obtain delivery point barcodes on their
mailpieces. If they cannot, those pieces can be mailed at the
appropriate rates for nonbarcoded mailings. Having
[[Page 10082]]
identified a need for accurate barcodes to ensure proper automation
sortation, the Postal Service tests and certifies address matching
software to ensure that it is producing correct barcodes. Because only
correct barcodes are acceptable, software is controlled to help ensure
that an incomplete or otherwise poor quality address receives a barcode
only if it is correct. The Governors approved reduced postage rates for
mail with correct barcodes. Those rates were not designed to apply to
nonbarcoded mail or to mail with incorrect barcodes. Use of bad
barcodes causes misdirected mailpieces. This in turn causes increased
costs and reduces the Postal Service's ability to provide timely,
consistent delivery service. To aid mailers with barcoding, the Postal
Service already has a variety of tools to assist in improving address
quality. If a mailer using CASS- or MASS-certified software cannot
apply a correct delivery point barcode or, for flats a correct ZIP+4
barcode, to mailpieces, the mailer should, and will be required to,
mail those pieces at the Presorted First-Class, presorted nonautomation
Regular Standard, nonautomation Regular Periodicals, or single-piece
rates, whichever is applicable.
b. Courtesy and BRM Barcoded Envelopes
Thirteen commenters responded to the proposed standard that,
effective January 1, 1997, letter-size courtesy and business reply
envelopes and cards included in letter-size an flat-size automation
First-Class or automation Standard mailings must be automation-
compatible, bear a FIM, and bear a correct barcode for the address to
which the piece is returned. Three commenters requested a more liberal
phase-in period for this standard, one specifying a minimum of 1 year,
to allow mailers to exhaust their existing stock of reply mail letters
and cards. Four commenters indicated that they do not support this
standard, three of which stated that they object to the standard
because enclosed reply mail has no connection with the cost of
processing the outgoing mailpiece. One of those commenters further
stated that the cost of processing reply mail should be borne by the
reply mail.
Several commenters had concerns over the certification standard and
enforcement of this standard. One commenter stated that this will add
costs to his mailing operation by requiring someone to proof every
reply piece prior to insertion. Two commenters requested a further
explanation of the certification standards and indicated most
lettershops are not involved with the creation and postal approval of
courtesy and business reply envelopes. Two commenters stated tracking
down the producer of the business reply piece will be difficult. One
commenter stated that the Postal Service's contention that a mailer
capable of printing a barcode on an outgoing piece should be able to
prepare properly barcoded reply pieces has no bearing on this standard
because some mailers do not print the reply pieces, only the host
pieces. Three commenters indicated that liability for noncompliance
should be the owner of the mail, not the preparer or presenter. One
commenter stated the Postal Service needs to clarify the actions that
will be taken for noncompliance. One commenter stated that enforcement
seems unattainable and that this standard could renew a call for a
public automation rate. One commenter assumed that an improperly
prepared reply piece discovered at acceptance would downgrade the
entire mailing to a higher rate of postage and stated that such a
penalty is draconian and a dangerous precedent that could drive postal
customers away from using return mailpieces rather than encourage their
use.
The Postal Service is adopting its proposal that letter-size reply
envelopes and cards that are included within both letter-size and flat-
size mailpieces entered as automation First-Class, automation Regular
Standard and automation Enhanced Carrier Route Standard mailings, must
be automation-compatible, bear a FIM, and a correct barcode for the
reply address. In addition, the Postal Service is extending this
requirement to automation mailings of Regular Periodicals. Comments on
this extension to Regular Periodicals will be permitted as discussed
above.
In addition to the customer convenience of a reply vehicle,
increasing the use of barcoded reply vehicles is expected to keep
postage rates down by making this mail more efficient to process. The
Postal Service recognizes that mailers will need to work with their
customers and possibly modify their contracts with advertisers and
others to ensure that this standard is met. To allow time for this and
for utilization of existing reply mail stock, the Postal Service is
setting an implementation date of January 1, 1997, for this standard.
The Postal Service does not believe a longer delay of this standard is
warranted. At that time, automation First-Class, automation Regular
Standard, automation Regular Enhanced Carrier Route, and automation
Regular Periodicals mailers will be required to certify that enclosed
reply pieces are properly prepared when the mailing is presented to the
post office. Mailers will certify this by checking a box on the postage
statement and signing the statement. For this purpose, the mailer is
whomever presents the mail to the post office. As indicated above, it
will be up to mailers to work with their customers and advertisers to
ensure that reply pieces provided to mailers comply with the standards
for barcoded reply pieces. Upon implementation, if mailers cannot
certify that this standard has been met, or noncomplying reply pieces
are found within the outgoing mailing, the mailing may not be mailed at
the automation rates and must pay the higher nonautomation rates.
Several commenters had questions concerning the standards for
proper preparation of reply mail. Two commenters had concerns over the
proposed standard for a delivery point barcode on all pieces. One
pointed out that business reply mail is required to use a ZIP+4 barcode
and that most courtesy envelope mail uses a unique ZIP+4 barcode. This
commenter indicated that requiring an 11-digit delivery point barcode
will require many mailers to make expensive form design changes to
accommodate the larger barcode without any benefit to the Postal
Service. The other commenter pointed out that there is a discrepancy
between the Postal Service's apparent willingness to accept courtesy
reply mail bearing unique 5-digit and ZIP+4 barcodes as properly
barcoded outgoing pieces for purposes of meeting the 100% barcoded
standard for automation rates, and its unwillingness to accept them on
courtesy reply pieces contained within such mailings. One commenter
questioned whether the standards for barcode preparation in DMM C840
would also be required as this section was not referenced in the
appropriate E module sections of the proposed DMM language. This
commenter was concerned that, if the reflectance standards contained in
C840 will be required, that the envelope industry may not be able to
meet them. This commenter also stated that because most reply envelopes
are printed with a flexographic process, 100% of the barcodes cannot be
guaranteed to meet the automation standards as this process does not
produce results as consistent as laser, inkjet, and impact printing.
One commenter, for environmental reasons, requested that the Postal
Service work to modify the reflectance tolerance levels in DMM C840 for
the area around the barcode, to improve the capability of its barcode
readers to read nonpolymer
[[Page 10083]]
window envelope coverings, and to relax its flexibility standards in
order to accommodate recycled paper. Another commenter requested that a
reference to DMM C840 be included in the DMM standards for enclosed
courtesy reply mail because this is the section that provides for
barcodes in the address block. One commenter requested the ability to
put barcodes in the address area for business reply mail. Another
commenter believed that the Postal Service had committed to allow the
barcode, permit holder, and permit number to appear on inserts through
a window on business reply mail in early 1996 and thanked us for this
effort.
The DMM standards concerning courtesy reply mail can be found in
DMM E140.1.5, E241.1.2, E641.1.2, and C810.8. The Postal Service has
determined that, for purposes of enclosed courtesy reply mail under
this section, a unique 5-digit or unique-ZIP+4 barcode provided by the
Postal Service will satisfy the delivery point barcode standards. This
will make these rules consistent with the acceptance provisions for
allowing outgoing courtesy reply mail prepared in this manner to count
toward the 100% delivery point barcoding standards for letter-size
automation rates. The Postal Service will require that barcodes on
enclosed reply mail meet the barcode, reflectance, and window standards
in DMM C840. The Postal Service recognizes that some recycled paper
will not meet the reflectance standards. However, recycled paper that
meets the Postal Service reflectance standards is available. Because
the reflectance standards reflect the current capabilities of USPS
barcode reader equipment they cannot be modified. Originators of reply
mail pieces will be expected to make the necessary changes to the
preparation of these pieces to ensure that they meet all the applicable
DMM standards. Although the Postal Service has not begun a formal
rulemaking process to allow BRM format elements such as the name of the
permit holder and the permit number to appear through a window on BRM
pieces, it will consider this for a future rulemaking.
The Postal Service will provide, free of charge, camera-ready
positives of appropriate FIMs and correct barcodes for the production
of reply mail. Mailers should contact their local Postal Service
account representative or postal business center to obtain the
positives and additional information on preparation standards.
Obtaining the correct barcode for mailpieces is extremely important.
The Postal Service assigns ZIP+4 barcodes to BRMAS reply pieces.
Publication 353, Designing Reply Mail, contains information on
correctly preparing barcoded courtesy reply mail and business reply
mail. Additional information on business reply mail and barcode
standards is contained in the Domestic Mail Manual. These publications
contain information on how to prepare barcodes that appear in the
address block of reply pieces and those that appear through an address
window.
c. Barcoded Tray and Sack Labels
Nineteen comments were received concerning the proposal to require
that automation First-Class and Standard Mail, and automation-
compatible Publications Service Periodicals be prepared with barcoded
tray or sack labels. The proposed Publications Service subclass of
periodicals was not recommended to the Governors by the Postal Rate
Commission. Instead revised rates for Regular Periodicals were
recommended and these changes to Periodicals have been accepted by the
Governors. The Postal Service is applying the requirement for barcoded
tray and sack labels to all automation Regular Periodicals under these
final rules.
Eight commenters indicated that implementation of this standard
needs to be delayed in order to give mailers enough time to buy
equipment and/or adapt their systems. Two of these commenters indicated
that at least 6 months was needed and another indicated that the date
should be much later than July 1, 1996. One commenter indicated that he
must replace dot matrix printers with ink jet, thermal or laser
printers. One commenter indicated that this standard should be dropped
as it will require him to stock labels for every 3-digit ZIP Code
because he will no longer be able to handwrite labels for destinations
that are seldom used. He indicated that this will cause him either
enormous storage problems or require him to purchase either an outside
vendor's system of special printers and unprinted labels. One commenter
simply stated that his operation is not set up to handle barcoded
labels at this time.
Six commenters indicated that the barcode specifications in the DMM
cannot be met by most mailers and are not met by the Postal Service's
own label printing facility. Problem areas mentioned included the point
size, characters per inch, and size of the labels. These commenters
also pointed out that these DMM standards are not met by the PASSPORT
and Monarch printers system indicated to be a way to meet these
standards in the proposed rule. One commenter indicated that the DMM
M032 exhibit needs to include the appropriate CINs for tray and sack
labels under Classification Reform.
Three commenters were concerned about the Postal Service's ability
to supply the total demand for these labels in a timely manner. One
commenter stated that the Postal Service needs to design better tray
label holders that will hold the label in place.
The Postal Service has investigated the barcode label
specifications in the DMM in relation to these comments. As a result,
some changes to the barcode tray and sack label specifications in DMM
M032 have been made and are published in this notice. Revised CINs have
also been published in the DMM section of this notice. In order to give
mailers time to incorporate these barcode specification changes into
any current systems they may have to produce labels and to give other
mailers time to buy necessary equipment and adapt their mailing systems
to incorporate barcoded tray labels, the Postal Service is delaying the
requirement to use barcoded tray and sack labels with automation rate
mailings until January 1, 1997. At that time automation First-Class,
automation Regular Standard, automation Enhanced Carrier Route, and
automation Regular Periodicals mailings must be prepared with barcoded
tray or sack labels. As indicated above, comments will be allowed on
the extension of this standard to Regular Periodicals mail.
The Postal Service currently has tray management systems that
utilize barcoded container labels deployed at its largest plants and is
aggressively deploying these systems to other plants. Barcoded tray
labels are needed to capture the efficiencies of the tray management
systems. Barcoded labels are also currently used to sort trays and
sacks of Standard mail at BMCs. Accordingly, mailers are strongly
encouraged to begin using barcoded tray labels prior to the January 1,
1997, implementation date.
Furthermore, mailers are reminded that, even though the requirement
to use barcoded tray and sacks labels with automation mailings has been
delayed, new tray and sack labels will be required for all mailings
under Classification Reform (with the exception of some sort levels of
First-Class Mail) due to the changes in postal networks, the addition
of scheme sorts, and changes to the names of the classes of mail.
As indicated in the previous notice, the Postal Service will supply
barcoded tray and sack labels. Customers must complete Form 1578-B and
submit it to their local post office, which after
[[Page 10084]]
checking the order, will forward it to the Postal Service Label
Printing Center in Topeka, Kansas. The labels will be delivered in
approximately 6 weeks of the order. These labels will reflect the
network changes and the new CINs for Classification Reform and can not
be used until July 1, 1996.
Alternatively, mailers having a personal computer and a modem can
obtain free PASSPORT software from the Postal Service that will enable
them to order labels directly from the Label Printing Center in Topeka.
In addition, the PASSPORT system will allow mailers to print barcoded
labels on demand if they use one of three printers--Monarch 9425 or
Monarch 9445, or Intermac 3000. The Passport system also includes free
updates to the Postal Service labeling lists in DMM module L. PASSPORT
software or further information about Passport may be obtained from the
National Customer Support Center at 1-800-238-3150.
The Postal Service purchased new tray labels holders last year that
hold labels more firmly in place. The Postal Service is systematically
replacing old tray label holders with the new ones.
d. ZIP Code Limits on Letter-Size Automation Carrier Route Rates
Eleven commenters responded to the proposal to limit letter-size
automation Carrier Route rates to ZIP Codes where mail will be
sequenced either manually or by a carrier sequence barcode sorter
(CSBCS). One commenter is opposed to the idea of reducing eligibility
for carrier route rates. One commenter indicated that this limit on
where letter-size automation carrier route rates can be obtained
worsens the rate qualification degradation caused by the 150-piece
standard for 5-digit and 3-digit Automation rates. This commenter
indicated that he will mail at the Enhanced Carrier Route nonautomation
letter rates rather than try to qualify mail for the 5-digit barcoded
rate.
As indicated in previous notices, the limits on availability of
automation Carrier Route letter rates are necessary for efficient
Postal Service processing. For an increasing number of 5-digit ZIP Code
areas, the Postal Service sorts mail to delivery point sequence (DPS),
the sequence in which carriers deliver the mail, using two passes on
delivery barcode sorters (DBCSs). Where this takes place, the carrier
does not have to sort this mail manually into delivery or walk
sequence, which saves carrier in-office time. At postal facilities
where DPS processing is performed, it is to the Postal Service's
advantage to have as much mail as possible DPS processed on the
automated equipment. Currently, at 5-digit ZIP Code areas for which DPS
processing on DBCSs has been implemented, all mailer-prepared carrier
route and walk-sequence presorted letter mail received with barcodes is
processed on DBCSs rather than being directed to carriers for manual
sequencing. Carrier route and walk-sequence sorted letter mail without
barcodes is directed to MLOCRs for application of barcodes and
subsequent DPS processing. In many cases today, this process results in
the Postal Service backflowing mail from a delivery unit to the place
where the DBCS or MLOCR is located. Thus, there is no additional value
provided to the Postal Service by mailer presortation to carrier route
or walk-sequence versus a 5-digit presortation for automation-
compatible letter mail at destinating DBCS sites.
Carrier route rates are based in part on steps avoided by the
Postal Service during processing. The preparation of carrier route
packages and trays of barcoded mail addressed to ZIP Code areas at
which mail is DPS processed on DBCSs does not avoid processing steps.
The Postal Service will not give reduced rates for mail preparation
that provides the Postal Service no value. Automation Carrier Route
rates will therefore not be provided to barcoded carrier route mail at
those 5-digit ZIP Code areas where DPS sequencing on DBCSs takes place.
Carrier sequence barcode sorters (CSBCSs) are smaller barcode
sorting machines that also sequence mail to delivery point. However,
mail must already be sorted to the carrier route level before it can be
processed on a CSBCS. Therefore it will still make sense for the Postal
Service to offer carrier route rates for barcoded mail that it sorts on
CSBCSs and for mail on carrier routes that are sequenced manually.
The Postal Service is aware that this limit on automation Carrier
Route rates will reduce the number of pieces a mailer can qualify for
automation carrier route rates. It will be up to each mailer to make
the decision whether the level of discount is worth the expense of
preparing their particular mail for automation rates. The issue
concerning the 150-piece minimum for 5-digit and 3-digit automation
letter rates is further discussed under a separate section on 150-piece
standards.
Seven commenters indicated that the list of ZIP Codes ineligible
for automation Carrier Route rates should be available on RIBBS on a
permanent basis and that small mailers should not have to subscribe to
the City/State file as this is an unnecessary and costly burden.
The Postal Service sees no advantage and only possible confusion in
providing a list of ZIP Codes where letter-size automation Carrier
Route rates may be obtained. The argument that small mailers should not
have to subscribe to the City/State file because this is an unnecessary
and costly burden is not a good one. To qualify for automation Carrier
Route rates, mailers will be required to match their addresses using
CASS-certified software to a current CRIS file or other AIS product
containing carrier route codes within 90 days prior to the date of
mailing. The City/State File is automatically provided with all Address
Information System (AIS) products and must always be used in
conjunction with these AIS products for accurate matching. Accordingly,
obtaining information as to which are the permissible ZIP Codes for
automation Carrier Routes rates can be done at the same time as
addresses are matched to the applicable CRIS, ZIP+4 or other AIS
product that contains carrier route codes. In addition, some presort
software vendors are including a City/State file match as part of the
presort program. Accordingly, the Postal Service does not believe that
use of the City/State file for determining the 5-digit ZIP Code areas
for which automation Carrier Route rates can be obtained will be an
unnecessary or costly burden to mailers. Furthermore, because software
processing using the City/State file and an appropriate database
containing carrier route information is already required for these
mailings, the Postal Service does not believe that publication of the
lists on RIBBS would be beneficial.
Two commenters indicated that the Postal Service should provide an
equipment deployment schedule to mailers that would give mailers
sufficient lead time and would also provide the Postal Service a tool
to make sure that the schedule is followed.
The Postal Service does not plan to publish an equipment deployment
schedule. Knowing when and where equipment is scheduled to be shipped
to a plant will not provide mailers with the information that they are
seeking. Knowing to which location and when a piece of equipment will
be shipped does not equate to having a list of ZIP Codes that will be
processed on that equipment. The 5-digit ZIP Codes that will be
processed on this equipment are determined locally. ZIP Codes being
processed on DBCSs may be shifted to processing on CSBCSs as these
machines are deployed. This in turn will provide the capacity for
additional ZIP Codes to be processed on DBCSs.
[[Page 10085]]
Because procedures will be in place to update the City/State file
on an established bimonthly basis, as to which 5-digit ZIP Codes may
obtain the automation Carrier Route letter rates, and because mailers
can easily incorporate this information in their mailings approximately
every 90 days in connection with the required address matching
standard, the Postal Service does not deem it appropriate to publicly
provide its equipment deployment plans.
e. 5-Digit Scheme Sortation for Automation Letters
Seven commenters responded to the information provided in the
proposed rule that the Postal Service will not provide 5-digit scheme
sortation for letters at the time Classification Reform is implemented.
All seven commenters would like the Postal Service to do so. One
argument for this action is to avoid the need to install a separate and
costly software release to implement it at a later date. Three of these
commenters indicated that having scheme sortation would enable mailers
to qualify more mail for 5-digit automation rates. Two commenters
indicated 5-digit scheme sort would reduce costs for both mailers and
the Postal Service. Two commenters indicated that the volatility of 5-
digit schemes should be no different than the update of the ZIP Codes
eligible for letter automation Carrier Route rates and suggested a
workgroup be formed to discuss obstacles. One commenter similarly
stated that it seems that there are systems in place to handle
volatility of scheme issues.
The Postal Service recognizes that 5-digit scheme sortation will
allow mailers to qualify more mail for 5-digit automation letter rates,
and agrees that it is in the best interest of mailers and the Postal
Service to provide these schemes when practical. As indicated in
comments on automation Carrier Route rates, the Postal Service is
actively deploying CSBCS and DBCS equipment. ZIP Codes being processed
on DBCSs may be shifted to processing on CSBCSs as these machines are
deployed. This in turn will provide the capacity for additional ZIP
Codes to be processed on DBCSs. This volatility will result in frequent
changes to 5-digit schemes being used within local plants in the near
future. Therefore 5-digit scheme sorts will not be implemented at this
time. Given this, the Postal Service does not believe that it would
benefit from forming a workgroup to discuss these matters.
f. 3-Digit Scheme Sort for Letters
Eleven comments were received in response to the provisions for a
3-digit scheme sort for automation letters set forth in the Proposed
rule. All 10 commenters interpreted proposed section DMM M810.1.7 as
requiring all possible 3-digit sorts to be prepared before performing
3-digit scheme sorts and all disagreed with it. One of these commenters
indicated that requiring 3-digit sorts prior to scheme sort would drive
an unacceptable amount of mail into the residual mailstream, both
decreasing mailer discounts and increasing the amount of raw mail
processed by USPS receiving units. Several commenters pointed out that
this information conflicted with the information presented in the
discussion of comments that scheme sorts could be prepared prior to
preparing 3-digit sortations. One commenter asked that we reword the
obvious error in DMM M810.1.7. One commenter stated that if the Postal
Service does require preparation of 3-digit trays prior to preparing 3-
digit scheme trays, that this is contrary to what was agreed to at the
Implementation Advisory Group meetings and also defeats the purpose of
scheme sort by not allowing mailers to merge small quantities of some
scheme 3-digit areas with larger quantities of others in order to meet
a single 150-piece minimum quantity standard for the 3-digit scheme.
The Postal Service acknowledges that the wording of proposed
section DMM M810.1.7 was misleading. This section was intended to give
greater flexibility to mailers and not intended to require that 3-digit
sorts would have had to been prepared prior to preparing 3-digit scheme
sorts. The Postal Service agrees with mailers that this would be
counterproductive, and notes the comment indicating that elimination of
3-digit scheme sort would increase the amount of mail falling into
basic rate levels of sortation.
The Postal Service has re-reviewed comments opposed to requiring
scheme sort that were received in response to the August 30 notice.
Reasons for opposition were either not given (other than to say it
would be a barrier to automation) or were based on desires not to
change current software programs or to be able to use the same software
sortation program for both automation and nonautomation mail. As
pointed out to these mailers in the comments section of the proposed
rule, mailers will be required to change their software because of
major changes under Classification Reform in the way mail is sorted,
including different sortation rules for automation mail and
nonautomation mail.
Accordingly, the Postal Service has revised the DMM language in
this final rule to require use of 3-digit scheme sort. A separate
labeling list in DMM L003 contains the information needed to sort to 3-
digit schemes and to sort non-scheme 3-digit ZIP Codes to direct 3-
digit trays. This will simplify sortation rules to avoid confusion such
as that encountered with the Proposed rule, and also, as pointed out by
a commenter, ensure that mail is sorted to the finest extent possible.
This will also ensure that mailers will qualify the most mail possible
for 3-digit Automation rates.
g. 5-Digit Scheme Sortation for Automation Flats
One commenter indicated a desire for implementation of a 5-digit
scheme sort for automation flats. Five-digit scheme sortation for
automation flats is not foreseeable in the near future. The Postal
Service will look at the feasibility of such sortation after it has
implemented 3-digit scheme sortation for automation flats.
h. 3-Digit Scheme Sort for Flats
Four comments were received concerning provisions for a 3-digit
scheme sort for automation flat mailings. All four expressed a desire
that these schemes be available on the date of implementation because
it will benefit both the Postal Service and mailers. One commenter also
pointed out that it would prevent the cost of installing another
software change if this was implemented on the same date as
Classification Reform.
The Postal Service believes that a 3-digit scheme list for flats is
feasible and has begun work on developing such a sortation scheme.
However, work will not be completed in time to make this available with
Classification Reform implementation. The 3-digit scheme sort for flats
should be available in 1997.
i. Value Added Mailings
Nine comments were received concerning the Postal Service's
proposal to include only pieces with postage affixed at an automation
First-Class or automation Standard Mail rate in mailings presented
under the value added refund (VAR) procedures in DMM P014.4. All nine
commenters strongly disagreed with this proposal and stated that the
original intent of value added refund procedures was to encourage the
upgrading of Presorted First-Class Mail to barcoded mail. Two
commenters pointed out that this was never offered for discussion with
[[Page 10086]]
members of the Implementation Advisory Group. One commenter indicated
that this will reduce the volume of barcoded mail received by the
Postal Service. One commenter indicated that this standard increases
the postage risk of presort bureaus because the bureaus will be
required to affix 5-cent postage to each nonbarcoded piece rather than
2-cents, and it is unlikely the difference could be recovered from the
mailer. One commenter indicated that no mailer would be able to remeter
all the pieces that did not qualify for barcoded rates. Two commenters
indicated that not all pieces coming into their shop will enter into
the automation mailstream. One of these further indicated that this
will cause problems for mailers when doing a handsort on nonautomation
mail.
In response to mailer comments, the Postal Service has determined
to continue to allow mail having postage affixed at the Presorted
First-Class rate or presorted nonautomation Regular Standard rates, to
continue to be mailed under the value added refund program.
j. Optimizing 5-Digit Sortation for Automation Letters
One commenter asked whether mailers would be able to continue to
optimize 5-digit sortation of Automation letters by moving some but not
all pieces able to be sorted to 5-digit trays to 3-digit or 3-digit
scheme trays to bring the total number of pieces sorted to the 3-digit/
scheme destination to the minimum of 150 pieces.
Because 5-digit sortation is optional for Automation mail, mailers
are not required to sort all possible pieces to the 5-digit level.
Accordingly, if a mailer has more than 150 pieces for a 5-digit ZIP
Code destination and fewer than 150 pieces for a 3-digit or 3-digit
scheme destination, mailers will be permitted to move pieces that
potentially could have been sorted to 5-digit destinations to a 3-
digit/scheme level of sortation. Each 5-digit destination would have to
be left with a minimum of 150 pieces trayed to that destination and
each 3-digit/scheme destination would also have to have a minimum of
150 pieces trayed to that destination. Furthermore, the pieces that
could have been placed in a 5-digit tray but were actually placed in a
3-digit or 3-digit scheme tray would have to be documented and reported
as qualifying for 3-digit automation rates.
k. Grouping of Pieces in AADC and Mixed AADC Trays in Automation Letter
Mailings
One commenter requested that this standard be dropped because it
would be impractical to sort mail within AADC and mixed AADC trays into
3-digit or AADC groups in his MLOCR operation. This commenter indicated
that if the MLOCR determines on the first pass that there are fewer
than 150 pieces for a particular 3-digit ZIP Code, then, on the second
pass groups with fewer than 150 pieces for a 3-digit or 3-digit scheme
will be aggregated to appropriate AADC or mixed AADC bins. Imposing the
standard for ZIP Code sortation within the AADC and mixed AADC trays
would require costly and time-consuming additional presort passes on
this mail to sort it into 3-digit sequence.
The Postal Service maintains that for mailers using presort
software, or even sorting manually, it should not be a burden to
maintain 3-digit/scheme groupings when placing mail in AADC trays or to
maintain groupings by AADC within mixed AADC trays. However, the Postal
Service acknowledges that this could be problematic for some MLOCR
users depending upon how mail is sorted to bins on the second pass. The
Postal Service is retaining this standard because it allows mailings to
be easily matched to standardized documentation during verification, or
if weigh verification is used, to determine that mail is presorted to
the finest extent possible. However, the Postal Service will waive this
standard for MLOCR users who submit standardized documentation.
In addition, the Postal Service has reviewed its need for pieces
within mixed AADC trays grouped by AADC to be further subgrouped by 3-
digit ZIP Code within each AADC group. This 3-digit subgrouping would
also be burdensome to MLOCR users sorting to AADC bins. Also,
documentation of these 3-digit subgroupings within mixed AADC trays
could potentially require a mailer to list every 3-digit ZIP Code in
the country. The Postal Service has determined that the added length to
required documentation and added sortation complexity is not outweighed
by the gains in ease of verification. Accordingly, the final
implementing DMM language will require only grouping by AADCs within
mixed AADC trays.
l. Numeric ZIP Code Standard for Automation Letter Mail
One commenter questioned the meaning of proposed DMM E241.1.1c that
required Regular Periodicals barcoded letter rate mail to ``Bear a
delivery address that includes the correct numeric ZIP+4 or 5-digit ZIP
Code (or, only if prepared with a delivery point barcode (DPBC), the
numeric equivalent to the DPBC).'' This commenter asked whether this
section meant that the entire DPBC numeric must be printed in front of
the delivery point barcode as part of the ZIP Code correction process
allowed MLOCR mailers.
This standard means only that each piece in an automation mailing
must bear a numeric ZIP Code in the address and that this ZIP Code can
be either a 5-digit, ZIP+4, or delivery point numeric ZIP Code at the
choice of the mailer, with the exception that a delivery point numeric
code is only permitted on pieces bearing a delivery point barcode.
m. Request for Elimination of Required Tray Sortation Level
One commenter wanted to begin sortation at the AADC tray level if
the cost of manual presortation was found to be higher than the savings
from sorting mail to qualify for 3/5 rates and 3- and 5-digit
automation rates.
The presort rates are based on presorting mail to the finest extent
possible, with the exception that 5-digit trays are optional for
automation rate letters and for the upgradable presort option for
nonautomation letters. Accordingly, mailers will be required to prepare
3-digit trays of automation letter mail any time there are at least 150
pieces for a 3-digit ZIP Code before preparing AADC trays. Similarly,
for upgradable Presorted First-Class and upgradable nonautomation
Regular Standard Mail preparation, 3-digit trays will be required any
time there are at least 150 pieces for a 3-digit ZIP Code prior to
preparing AADC trays. For all other mailings, preparation of all
possible 5-digit trays and 3-digit trays is required prior to preparing
ADC trays.
n. ACT Tags
Two comments were received in response to the Postal Service's
removal of the standard for mailers to apply ACT tags to trays of
automation First-Class letters. One commenter applauded the decision to
drop this standard. One commenter pointed out that current DMM
P014.4.14c requires mailers to sleeve, band, and ACT tag all trays in a
mailing for which a value added refund (VAR) request will be submitted.
The commenter requested that the Postal Service remove this standard
from the DMM.
The DMM language in this final rule removes the requirement for use
of ACT tags within VAR mailings. However, mailers participating in
other special programs such as multiple acceptance times may still be
required to prepare mail with ACT tags.
[[Page 10087]]
3. Letter Mail
a. Standard To Prepare All Letter Mail in Trays
Eight commenters responded to the Postal Service's proposal to
require preparation of all letter mail entered at reformed subclasses
in trays. Six of the comments were opposed to this standard for
Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail. Two were opposed to it as a
standard for any letter mail, and one was concerned about the
availability of trays.
Three commenters indicated the traying standards would result in
higher preparation costs for their mailings and loss of cube on
trailers for drop shipment. One of these commenters indicated that this
standard and others led to a net loss for his company despite the
decrease in Automation rates. Two commenters indicated that since the
attributable costs underlying the proposed Enhanced Carrier Route rates
were based on flat-sized mail, and therefore letter-size mail is paying
a higher rate, letter mailers should have the option of traying or
sacking this mail. One commenter stated that heavy letters, which are
not automation-compatible due to weight, would be more efficiently
handled in sacks since more pieces could fit into a sack than in a tray
resulting in fewer containers for the Postal Service and mailers to
handle. One commenter stated the Postal Service should be prepared to
allow optional forms of preparation such as bundles on pallets in the
event of tray shortages. Another commenter stated that Enhanced Carrier
Route letter mail should be allowed to be prepared as packages on
pallets provided such preparation is limited to 5-digit pallets. This
commenter believed this limited packages on pallets preparation would
not have a great impact on handling for the Postal Service and would
alleviate the demand for trays.
Trays are the most efficient method of containerizing letter mail
for the Postal Service. Since the Postal Service prepares letter mail
in trays, it is important that all mailer prepared letter mail be
prepared in trays. Accordingly, the DMM standards set forth in this
final rule require that all letter mail, except for Nonprofit Standard
and Preferred Periodicals, be prepared in trays. It should also be
clarified that although encouraged, it is not required that Standard or
Periodicals letters prepared in trays be palletized. Mailers will be
permitted to bedload trays of letter mail. However, if a mailer wants
to palletize Standard letter mail, it must be prepared in trays on
pallets, with one short-time exception. If, as described in the section
on flat-size mail, the letter-size piece also meets the definition of
an automation-compatible flat, and a portion of the mailing job is
mailed at the automation Regular Standard flats rate, until January 1,
1997, all the pieces in the mailing job may be prepared in packages
placed directly on pallets provided all pieces pay the applicable rates
as a flat-size piece and the amount of nonautomation Regular Standard
mail palletized in this manner does not exceed 10% of the amount of
Enhanced Carrier Route and Automation Regular Standard mail in the
mailing job. After January 1, 1997, all letter mail, other than letter
mail meeting the dimensions of an automation flat and mailed at those
rates, must be prepared in trays and preferably in trays on pallets.
The Postal Service acknowledges that trayed mail can sometimes fill
trailers more quickly than the same amount of mail prepared in sacks,
and that the number of pieces that can be placed in a trailer might
affect a mailer's decision as to whether to prepare mail for
destination entry discounts. The standard to use both 1-foot and 2-foot
trays will aid in assuring the most efficient use of trailer space
under the traying environment. As indicated in response to a previous
comment, the Postal Service recognizes that many mailers will be
affected by start-up costs for new preparation criteria and possibly
some additional ongoing costs. However, the Postal Service believes
that these preparation criteria are necessary to achieve one of the
goals of Classification Reform of encouraging mail that is most
efficient for the Postal Service to handle.
One commenter indicated that they now prepare letter mail in sacks
in which they mix letter-size and flat-size mail (this mail is a flat
only because it exceeds \1/4\-inch in thickness). This mailer indicated
that the standard to tray letters and sack flats will be a problem for
them causing their mailstream to be split four ways (barcoded vs.
nonbarcoded and trayed vs. sacked). One commenter stated if they could
not sack their letters they would like to tray their flats so their
automated handling systems could handle only one type of equipment.
Similarly, one commenter requested the ability to place automation
Standard flats in flats trays since it is not efficient to prepare both
barcoded tray labels and barcoded sack labels.
Currently, mailers are not permitted to mix mail of different mail
processing categories in the same mailing, except for limited
circumstances under which mailers may combine machinable and irregular
parcels. The standard for separate mailings for separate mail
processing categories will continue under Classification Reform.
Letters and flats are handled under two separate mail processing
streams and must not be merged together in the same mailing. Under
Classification Reform, mail exceeding \1/4\ of an inch in thickness and
classified as a flat will therefore be required to be sacked or
prepared as packages on pallets. The Postal Service also will not
permit flat mail to be prepared in letter trays due to the strong
chance this mail will be directed to letter sorting operations where
such pieces will not process on mechanized or automation letter sorting
equipment. As indicated in the last two notices, Standard flats will
not be permitted to be prepared in flats trays upon implementation of
Classification Reform. The Postal Service plans to initially limit the
use of these trays to First-Class flats to allow for a more gradual
change to a future operating environment in which all flat mail will be
prepared in trays (except for Standard Mail and Periodicals prepared as
packages on pallets). Currently, the Postal Service processes First-
Class flats in trays. Generally, flats trays are better handled at
processing and distribution center facilities and Airmail Facilities
than sacks which are more conducive to BMC processing. At processing
and distribution center facilities and at AMFs the Postal Service has
tray handling systems. When barcoded flat mail is distributed on flat
sorting machines using the barcode, there are instances were the flat
mail is dispatched in flat trays to the next handling or destination
regardless of class. Therefore, it is likely that as part of
transitioning all classes of flats mail to tray preparation, allowing
automation-compatible (barcoded) flat mail in trays would be the next
step, albeit a future step.
b. 150-Piece/Full Tray Standard
Twenty-two commenters responded to the Postal Service's proposal to
require 150 pieces per 5-digit ZIP Code or 3-digit ZIP Code destination
to qualify for 5-digit or 3-digit automation rates, and to be used as
the basis for sorting to 5-digit, 3-digit and AADC trays. Six of these
commenters also voiced concern over the standard for 150 pieces per 3-
digit ZIP Code area being the basis for rate qualification and
sortation for the 3/5-digit nonautomation Regular Standard rates.
Nine commenters cited specific examples of rate degradation in the
automation rate categories and four commenters were concerned about
rate degradation in the 3/5-digit
[[Page 10088]]
nonautomation Regular Standard rate categories. These commenters
indicated that the 150-piece minimum would cause varying percentages of
their mail to drop from 5-digit to 3-digit, or from 3-digit to basic
within the automation rates, or from 3/5-digit to basic in the
nonautomation Regular Standard rates. Most of these commenters had
concerns regarding the shift in rate qualifications based on a
comparison of the qualification criteria under the current 10-piece/50-
piece minimums to qualify for current barcoded rates or the current
125-piece/15-pound criteria to qualify for current 3/5-digit non-
automation rates and the new 150-piece qualification rules.
One commenter indicated that because the proposed automation rates
were slightly lower than current rates the rate impact might balance
out for the barcoded portion of the mailing, but that since the rates
for nonbarcoded mail were increasing, it would raise their total
postage bill. Two commenters stated that the 150-piece rule would have
a big impact on 5-digit rate qualifications, one indicating all his
current 5-digit mail will move to the 3-digit qualification level
resulting in a 3% postage increase. The other indicated that the 150-
piece standard at the 5-digit level would force many mailers into
moving their mail into the Enhanced Carrier Route subclass since they
may have many carrier routes that will meet the 10-piece package
minimum, but very few groups of 150-pieces to a particular 5-digit ZIP
Code. One commenter indicated that modeling based on the 150-piece
criteria showed that some of his third-class customers would pay higher
rates under Classification Reform even though their lists were close to
100% barcoded. One commenter indicated they will probably discontinue
preparation of 5-digit sortations in order to be able to continue
qualifying mail for the 3-digit level, and that this degradation of
presort seems counter-productive to the Postal Service.
Other commenters had further concerns over the rate implications
for mail that could physically fill trays but would not meet the 150-
piece standard. Sixteen commenters in total requested that the Postal
Service allow mailers two choices to qualify for rates, one based upon
physically full trays without regard to the number of pieces within
them, and the other the proposed 150-piece minimum. These commenters
indicated that enforcement of the 150-piece standard will cause a
tremendous hardship on the ability of mailers of thicker pieces to
discount mail. One commenter stated he thought the idea was to fill
trays. Six commenters further requested that the physically full tray
option allow full 1-foot trays to qualify for rates without regard to
number of pieces. Two commenters indicated a physically full tray
criteria for rates and sortation would promote tray usage efficiencies.
One commenter stated that the definition of a full tray should be 85%
full because this is flexible enough to allow mailers to calculate the
number of pieces needed to fill a tray and would resolve mailer
consternation over near misses such as 130 pieces filling a tray but
not being eligible for a rate. Two commenters believed the Postal
Service should perform market surveys to gather data on mail volume
characteristics to assess the impact of the 150-piece minimum on its
customers.
Some of these commenters provided statistics on the number of
pieces that would fill trays as requested by the Postal Service in the
proposed rule. One commenter indicated they had pieces for which 47 to
65 pieces would fill a 1-foot tray. Five commenters cited pieces that
would fill two-foot trays ranging from as few as 63 pieces upwards to
140 pieces per tray. One commenter pointed out that by his estimate
``heavy'' letter mail, weighing up to 3.4383, which will be permitted
to qualify for letter-size barcoded rates under Classification Reform,
would generally average 125 pieces per 2-foot tray. Another commenter
also noted the Postal Service's provisions for including ``heavy
weight'' mail in the Automation mailstream and indicated this will
``probably encourage a growing volume of such letters that fill trays
in less quantity than lighter weight mail.'' Another commenter pointed
out that allowing an option to base the qualification and sortation on
a physically full tray would allow more opportunity for larger size
pieces that meet both the letter size dimensions and the automated flat
dimensions to be prepared as a barcoded letter.
Two commenters also stated that basing the traying criteria on the
150-piece minimum could result in service degradation since much mail
now trayed to the 5-digit or 3-digit level will drop down to the AADC
level. Two other commenters indicated that this drop in sortation level
will result in more residual or mixed AADC mail to be processed by the
Postal Service at the local SCF because some mail currently placed in
AADC trays will not be able to meet the 150-piece standard and will
subsequently be trayed at the mixed AADC level. These commenters
questioned whether the Postal Service could handle this volume and
questioned whether requiring a move from an AADC tray to a mixed AADC
tray made any sense from a mail processing standpoint.
One commenter stated that basing rates on the average number of
pieces that fill a 1-foot tray makes sense only if adequate supplies of
1-foot trays are available and was concerned that if they were not and
overflow had to be placed in a 2-foot tray it would result in loss of
cube space for drop shipment purposes.
One commenter questioned whether the 150-piece rule applied to
postcards since 150 postcards equals only about 4 inches of mail.
One commenter stated his thickness varies and in many instances 150
pieces will not fit in a single tray. Another indicated that sometimes
he produces sub-150-piece count trays containing mail of varying
thicknesses under a manifesting agreement. This commenter indicated
that because he manifests he cannot arbitrarily move mail around to
fill trays. One commenter indicated that at only 125-140 pieces per
tray none of this mail would qualify and the customer would have to
revise their mailing package which could result in losing sales.
Several commenters who advocate addition of an ``or full tray''
criteria to the qualifications for First-Class and Standard Regular
Automation mail and to Standard Regular Nonautomation mail, challenged
the reasons given by the Postal Service in the Proposed rule for
keeping the standard at 150 pieces. Four commenters indicated that
having an option to base discounts on full tray should not complicate
acceptance too much since mailers are currently preparing and
documenting this mail now under tray-based rules and the Postal Service
is currently accepting it.
Five commenters responded to the Postal Service's statement that if
a physically-full tray qualification criteria were instituted, it would
be based on a physically full 2-foot tray rather than a one-foot tray.
These commenters stated this makes no sense since the Postal Service is
basing the 150-piece rule on a one-foot tray. Three of these commenters
stated this would be unfair since it would require these mailers to
make twice as many trays to achieve equal qualification levels.
One commenter stated that allowing physically full trays to qualify
without a piece limit does not make sense from a unit (per piece) cost
or gross profit standpoint in that the Postal Service would have to
transport up to six trays of thicker Standard Mail for every one tray
of First-Class Mail, and would receive less revenue for the Standard
Mail.
[[Page 10089]]
One mailer of Standard pieces indicated that it appears the 150-
piece standard was designed primarily for MLOCR barcode sorter users.
This commenter indicated that since 90% of mailers do not use barcode
sorters, this reasoning should not apply to them. One commenter simply
stated that the level playing field argument does not make sense.
Four commenters challenged the Postal Service's argument that the
150-piece minimum per 3-digit area to be applied to nonautomation
Regular Standard Mail will not keep qualification levels equivalent to
today arguing that today mail can qualify based on either 125 pieces or
15 pounds of mail. Two commenters gave examples wherein their mailings
currently require only 75 pieces or 80 pieces to meet the 15-pound
minimum. These mailers indicated that the 150-piece rule will either
double or increase by 78% the number of pieces they will need to
qualify for the 3/5 rate. These commenters also pointed out that the
dual standard of 200 pieces or 50 pounds still applies as the minimum
quantity standard for each Standard mailing.
The Postal Service believes that applying a 150-piece minimum to an
entire 3-digit area to qualify for 3/5 nonautomation Regular Standard
rates will, on average, result in comparable or better rate
qualifications when compared to current qualification criteria, even
for heavier pieces of mail. Currently, the 125-piece/15-pound sacking
rules are applied separately to 5-digit sacks and to 3-digit sacks. The
two commenters with pieces meeting the 15 pound requirement with 75 to
80 pieces of mail to an individual 5-digit or 3-digit sack, would still
be able to meet the 150-piece requirement per 3-digit area in instances
where they had an equivalent number of pieces that are now contained in
two 5-digit sacks for the same 3-digit area, or in other combinations
of 5-digit and 3-digit sacks for the same 3-digit area. Mailers who
currently qualify for this rate based on a separate 125-piece
requirement should, on average, be able to qualify more mail for 3/5
rates since the 150-piece rule applies to an entire 3-digit area and
not to individual 5-digit or 3-digit trays.
The Postal Service would like to point out to the two commenters
who were concerned that they could not qualify for automation rates
based on the 150-piece rule because they could not fit 150 pieces in a
single tray, that the Postal Service has provided for overflow trays
wherever it has established a 150-piece minimum. This means that if a
mailer has 150 pieces for a given sortation level, the mail will
qualify for the rate regardless of the number of trays it takes to tray
the mail to that sortation level. Likewise, for thinner pieces, if the
150 piece minimum for a rate level is met, the mail will qualify for
that rate even if 150 pieces does not fill a tray.
The rate design approved for automation letters provides reduced
rates for these mailings. Those rates are based in part on more
stringent preparation standards that allow more efficient Postal
Service processing of that mail. Under the Automation Standard Mail (A)
letter rates, certain mailers could experience a minor increase in
postage over what they pay today given a number of assumptions, such as
that all mail not eligible for an automation carrier route rate moves
to the 3-digit barcoded rate level, and that there are no basic
automation rate pieces in the mailing. This hypothetical postage
increase would also be offset by any pieces which the mailer now
qualifies for basic rates, because there is a significant decrease in
the basic automation rates under Classification Reform.
Overall, the Postal Service believes that the automation letter
discount levels and preparation standards will lower postage bills for
automation mailings for most mailers of all three classes. Under
current Barcoded rate mailing rules, a large portion of mail qualifying
for 5-digit and 3-digit rates is already prepared in full 2-foot trays
without packages. Because the 150-piece standard is based on a 1-foot
tray, most mailers should be able to place even more mail in full 5-
digit and 3-digit trays under this standard.
The 150-piece minimum represents an average of the average number
of First-Class pieces that can fill three-fourths of a 1-foot tray and
the average number of Standard letter-size pieces that can fill three-
fourths of a 1-foot tray. This 150-piece average is applied uniformly
to all letter mail classes for purposes of determining rate
qualification and for determining when to prepare a particular
sortation level of tray for automation presort in the final DMM
standards published in the latter part of this rule. The purpose of the
standard is to apply rates to tray levels and to eliminate as much as
possible the preparation of packages for automation mail. Basing the
standard on an average number of pieces it takes too fill a 1-foot tray
also provides the opportunity for the Postal Service to increase the
number of pieces sorted to 5-digit and 3-digit destinations for the
vast majority of letter mail.
The Postal Service reiterates that it also desires to apply rates
on an equal basis to all mailers. The application of the 150-piece rule
allows mailers of postcard-size or other thin pieces to qualify for
rates in the same way that thicker pieces can qualify, and in the same
way as the vast majority of mail in the middle of this spectrum. Since
the 150-piece standard is based on an average of averages for First-
Class and Standard Mail, the Postal Service believes this standard is
equitable for both classes of mail. Moreover, the rates being
implemented are based on cost and volume figures that relied on the
150-piece criteria.
The Postal Service recognizes that pieces exist that can fill trays
with fewer than 150 pieces and that mailers of these pieces may not be
able to qualify as many pieces for 5-digit and 3-digit automation rates
under a 150-piece rule as they would under a physically full tray rule.
However, these mailers will not experience any more of a rate
degradation than will any other letter mailer at automation rates.
Testing with heavy letters has shown the Postal Service that heavier
pieces reduce automation productivity. Thicker pieces also result in
more tray handlings for the Postal Service, and increased use of cube
in its transportation systems, as compared to an equal number of
thinner pieces. It is noted that all but one of the commenters
requesting application of rates based on physically full trays were
Standard rate mailers. Standard Mail postage does not increase with
weight as does First-Class Mail, which means the same minimum piece
postage will be received regardless of the thickness of the pieces, up
to the minimum per piece rate weight breakpoint. Accordingly, if the
Postal Service allowed these thicker pieces to obtain rates at
quantities of less than 150 pieces, the Postal Service would be
granting a rate break to mail that will cost it more to process.
Although the Postal Service has permitted heavier weight pieces to
qualify for automation rates, we do not feel it is in our best interest
to encourage mailers to increase the thickness of their pieces in order
to lower their rate qualification thresholds. One commenter indicated
he could fill a 1-foot tray with as few as 47 pieces. It would be hard
to justify to the commenters to this rule who were concerned about rate
degradation in terms of moving from a 50-piece per 3-digit
qualification standard to a 150-piece qualification standard, why we
were allowing a mailer of thicker pieces (and therefore more expensive
to process) to qualify even fewer pieces
[[Page 10090]]
than are required today (47) for a 3-digit rate, while maintaining that
they must continue to meet the 150-piece rule to qualify.
The Postal Service recognizes that the 150-piece sortation rules,
when applied to pieces that fill 1-foot or 2-foot trays with fewer than
150 pieces may result in instances where mail ends up not being sorted
to as fine a level as if a full tray rule were instituted. By the same
token, the Postal Service will be obtaining finer levels of sortation
through use of the 150-piece rule from thinner pieces. On average, the
Postal Service feels that the 150-piece rule will provide a good level
of sortation for most mail. In the past the Postal Service has
attempted to fine-tune mailing standards and rates to meet the needs of
a variety of unusual mailpieces that constitute a small percentage of
the mailstream. The result was a Domestic Mail Manual and rate schedule
that led to public outcries for ``simpler rules.'' As indicated in past
notices and proposals, another benefit to having only one set of
preparation criteria is simplicity. Currently the Postal Service
provides three different types of sortation for barcoded letter mail.
It strongly wants to maintain only one type of preparation under
Classification Reform. Classification Reform to a great extent is about
simpler preparation rules, and the Postal Service has determined to
keep it that way. Therefore, the final rules in this notice retain the
150-piece rules and do not permit qualification for rates based on an
indeterminate number of pieces that would produce a physically full
tray.
c. Overflow Trays
One commenter disagreed with the Postal Service's proposal to
require use of overflow trays in those instances where the 150-piece
rule is applied. The Postal Service is retaining this rule in order to
ensure that mail is sorted to the finest extent possible.
d. Use of both 1-foot and 2-foot trays
Fifteen commenters responded to the Postal Service's proposal to
require letter-size mailings to be prepared in a combination of 1-foot
and 2-foot trays in a manner that will result in the fewest number of
trays. Seven commenters stated that use of two sizes of tray should be
left to the mailer's discretion in that it will be in the mailer's
interest as well to use the fewest number of trays. Three of these
commenters indicated that the Postal Service could re-evaluate making
this a standard at a later date if it finds mailers are not preparing
mail in an economical fashion. Five commenters had concerns about
pallet preparation in that use of two sizes of tray could lead to
unstable shipments. One of these commenters requested that all 1-foot
or all 2-foot trays be permitted for purposes of building pallets. Five
commenters were opposed to this standard stating it will create a very
difficult manufacturing operation to manage and will cause significant
production costs. One of these commenters indicated it will eliminate
his ability to automate the sleeving and banding process and doubles
the capital and space needed. Two commenters were concerned whether the
Postal Service will have adequate supplies of the different sizes of
trays. One of these commenters was particularly concerned about the
availability of extended mail trays. This mailer indicated difficulties
in obtaining adequate quantities of extended mail trays now and asked
the Postal Service to indicate the steps it is taking to ensure
adequate supplies since moving mail from extended mail trays to
standard letter trays jeopardizes their mail production strategy.
Another commenter similarly stated that shortages of 1-foot trays that
would result in mailers having to use only 2-foot trays in their
mailings would result in problems in determining drop shipment loads
and would increase cube space needed on transportation. One commenter
stated required use of both 1-foot and 2-foot trays will be a barrier
to mailers preparing Automation mail.
The 150-piece minimum quantity to qualify for automation letter
rates is based on the preparation of average size pieces in a 1-foot
tray in order to make it easier for mailers to qualify for those rates,
and to provide more full trays to direct destinations thereby lessening
any loss of presort to the Postal Service. In order to increase the
number of direct trays to sortation destinations for all letter
mailings, the proposed DMM language would require use of both 1-foot
and 2-foot trays for all mailings of letter-size pieces in all reformed
subclasses. The Postal Service does not want to potentially double its
number of tray handlings by allowing a mailing to be prepared entirely
in 1-foot trays. Also, the Postal Service does not want to increase
transportation costs by shipping an increased number of less-than-full
2-foot trays. Accordingly, the standard to use both 1-foot and 2-foot
trays where appropriate is considered necessary by the Postal Service.
The final DMM language contained herein requires mailers to fill as
many 2-foot trays as possible before filling 1-foot trays.
The Postal Service recognizes that this standard will cause mailers
to make major changes to their production lines and to maintain a
supply of both 1-foot and 2-foot trays. It is believed that presort
software developed to accommodate the Classification Reform presort
structure will include mail documentation that provides information as
to what size tray mail should be placed in as well as indicating where
the tray breaks are. If this type of software is used it may not be
necessary to create two separate production lines for the different
tray sizes. The Postal Service is anticipating the increased need for
both sizes of trays and has purchased additional supplies. In addition
the Postal Service is continuing to review the need to purchase more
trays. If local shortages of a particular size tray develop, mailers
will have to tray using the tray size that the Postal Service provides.
For example, if only 2-foot trays are provided, all mail would be
placed in 2-foot trays. If only 1-foot trays are provided, the entire
mailing would be placed in 1-foot trays. This may require working out
individual mailing solutions locally.
Mailers must use their own judgment when building pallets of trays
containing both sizes of trays. The elimination of the proposal to
require separate layers of trays on pallets for different mailings
should help mailers to build stable pallets. An exception is that
pieces at automation rates must not be combined with mail at
nonautomation rates on 5-digit pallets. The standard to place
destination delivery unit trays on the top of the pallet has also been
eliminated. Accordingly, mailers may build pallets of trays based
solely on the weight of the trays (heavier trays must be on the bottom)
and the pallet destination.
Since mailers will be required to use a combination of 1-foot and
2-foot trays for all letter mail, including presorted nonautomation
mailings, the Postal Service does not agree that this standard will be
a barrier to automation.
e. Tray Sleeving and Strapping
Six commenters responded to the Postal Service's proposal to
require that all trays used to prepare letter-size mailings be both
sleeved and strapped with limited exceptions for mail destined for the
service area of the entry post office and an exception to strapping
only for trays contained on 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF pallets. Two
commenters requested that the Postal Service eliminate this standard
because it requires a private equipment purchase on the part of
mailer's and an increase
[[Page 10091]]
in their processing burdens. These commenters pointed out that the
Postal Service already has adequate capacity to strap all outgoing
trays, and one suggested that the Postal Service use stretchwrapped
pallets in its outgoing processing of mail to decrease its own need for
strapped trays. Two commenters requested that the Postal Service delay
implementation of this standard to allow mailers time to purchase and
install strapping equipment, one suggesting at least a 6-month delay.
Two commenters pointed out a discrepancy between the language in the
comments section of page 66595, section p, proposed DMM M045.5.5 (which
implied mail on any stretchwrapped pallet was exempt from strapping
standards), and the lack of changes to P014.4.14c which requires all
trayed mail submitted under value added refund procedures be both
sleeved and strapped.
The Postal Service will require sleeving and strapping of all trays
of mail prepared under all reformed subclasses, with the exception that
mail entered within the service area of an SCF which is for delivery
within the SCF area may obtain a local exception to the tray strapping
standard, and that strapping of individual trays placed on
stretchwrapped 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF pallets will not be required.
All trays in all circumstances will be required to be sleeved. Mail
transported without first being sleeved is susceptible to spillage and
damage during transportation and handling. This is especially true for
automation mail in which full trays will not contain banded packages. A
strap around the tray is also necessary to maintain the integrity of
the tray and its contents during transportation and handling. For
example, because trays of mail sorted in a BMC move on belts and down
chutes during mechanized distribution, sleeves that are not strapped to
trays could slide off and the contents of the tray could spill. Trays
transported by air are handled in many different ways and also need to
be strapped to maintain their integrity. Because local mail is not
subject to the same type or amount of transportation as other mail, an
exception may be made for the strapping of this mail, however, it has
been determined that sleeving will still be necessary.
For palletized mailings, sleeving will be required for all trays,
but strapping will be required only for trays placed on ADC, ASF, BMC,
mixed ADC, and Mixed BMC pallets. These pallets must be broken down and
the trays further transported before reaching the local SCF or plant
and accordingly must be strapped to maintain their integrity during
handling and transportation.
The discrepancies in the DMM language contained in the proposed
rule have been corrected in this final rule to reflect the above
policy, which will apply to all mail including that prepared under
value added refund provisions.
The Postal Service will require sleeving and strapping effective
July 1, 1996. A major element of the Postal Service's Classification
Reform initiative is to remove costs from the postal processing system,
thereby enabling rates to remain stable for longer periods of time.
Accordingly, the Postal Service believes implementation of this
standard at the time Classification Reform is appropriate.
f. Elimination of 3-Digit Carrier Routes Trays.
One commenter stated that the Postal Service may be seriously
underestimating the number of 1-bundle trays that will be created by
elimination of 3-digit trays for barcoded carrier route mail. This
mailer indicated that he currently prepares a lot of 3-digit trays
which each contain only a few carrier route bundles for different 5-
digit areas. He indicated that almost every bundle currently in 3-digit
carrier routes trays will be required to be prepared in a separate 1-
bundle, 1-foot tray upon implementation of Classification Reform. He
believes these trays will be a problem to both mailers and the Postal
Service in terms of the increase in the number of trays needed to
prepare a mailing, and the resultant increase in the amount of air
being shipped in those trays which will impact drop shipment efforts.
The Postal Service recognizes that elimination of 3-digit carrier
routes trays will increase the total number of trays needed to prepare
the carrier route portion of automation First-Class mailings and to
prepare Enhanced Carrier Route mailings. However, preparation of
carrier route mail in direct carrier route or 5-digit carrier routes
trays will eliminate the breakdown and distribution of 3-digit carrier
routes trays at the plant level. This means trays can be routed
directly to the appropriate piece of automated equipment, or to the
postal facility where the carriers are located, without costly and time
consuming resorting of the mail in 3-digit trays. The use of 1-foot
trays for those 5-digit areas having only a few or one carrier route
package should eliminate a lot of the air being shipped both by mailers
and the Postal Service. Mailers will need to make their own cost-
benefit analyses concerning whether drop shipment will be beneficial to
them. The Postal Service has increased its procurement of 1-foot trays
in order to meet the anticipated demand under Classification Reform.
g. Banding Material for Package Preparation
Five commenters responded to the proposed standards that would
prohibit use of string or plastic strapping for preparation of packages
in less-than-full trays of automation mailings, and would require use
of separator cards in lieu of any banding material in full 5-digit
carrier routes trays within automation First-Class and automation
Enhanced Carrier Route mailings. Five commenters were opposed to the
prohibition of string or plastic banding on automation mail, and one
other to the prohibition against plastic strapping only. One commenter
indicted it would cost him $150,000 to replace tying machines, and that
he can't use rubber bands because of carpal tunnel syndrome complaints
from his employees. One commenter was concerned primarily because it is
problematic to have several different standards for different mailings
within the same mailing job, such as in some places it is required to
use separator cards, in some instances they are prohibited, sometimes
rubber bands are required, and sometimes string and plastic strapping
is required. This commenter would like the standards to be consistent
for all mailings since having different standards causes mailer
operational problems in terms of supply inventories, training,
processing, and quality checking. One commenter indicated that the
rules are not clear and appear to be contradictory in different places
in the proposed DMM language.
The standards for preparing packages or group separations for
First-Class, Regular Standard, Enhanced Carrier Route Standard, and
Regular Periodicals are contained in DMM M020.3.0. The Postal Service
has determined to continue to allow packages in automation related
mailings (automation First-Class, automation Regular Standard,
automation Enhanced Carrier Route Standard, and automation Regular
Periodicals, as well as upgradable Presorted First-Class and upgradable
nonautomation Regular Standard Mail), to be prepared using either
rubber bands, elastic strapping, plastic strapping, or string. However,
preparation using rubber bands or elastic strapping is optimal for
efficient Postal Service handling of the aforementioned automation-
related mailings because this material is quick and easy to remove and
eliminates the
[[Page 10092]]
debris created by removal of string and plastic strapping. Accordingly,
the Postal Service encourages mailers to prepare letter-size mailings
using rubber bands or elastic strapping under Classification Reform and
plans at some future point to institute this standard for automation
and upgradable mailings. The Postal Service will work with mailers on
the timing of making rubber bands a requirement.
In certain locations the Postal Service may take 5-digit carrier
routes trays and sort them using automated equipment to individual
carrier routes for subsequent DPS sequencing on CSBCS equipment.
Accordingly, the Postal Service is retaining the standard to prepare
full 5-digit carrier routes trays within automation mailings with
separator cards. However banding material must be used in all other
instances where packaging is required, (less-than-full trays or any
trays consisting entirely of postcard-size pieces within automation and
upgradable mailings, and all packages prepared for presorted
nonautomation letters and all presorted flats).
h. Machinability (Automation-Compatible) Standards
One commenter requested that the Postal Service relax its
machinability standards (as they relate to automation mailings) to
allow more mailers to prepare automation mail.
The Postal Service cannot spontaneously relax machinability
standards. The current standards are based on the type of mail that is
capable of being processed on currently available Postal Service MLOCR
and barcode sorting equipment.
i. Standards for Upgradable Mail
One commenter would like to see handwritten mail permitted to be
prepared under the upgradable option for nonautomation Presorted First-
Class and nonautomation Regular Standard Mail.
The upgradable option for nonautomation mail is for mail that has a
high likelihood of being read by current optical character readers
(OCRs). The Postal Service does not at this time wish to extend the
upgradable preparation option to mail that would require more costly
RBCS processing.
4. Flat Mail
a. Palletization Sortation Standards
Three comments were received in regard to the new palletization
make-up standards that: contained revised levels of pallet sortation,
and added a standard that all mail presented on pallets be sorted to
pallets to the finest extent possible. One commenter indicated support
of the standard allowing 10% of the total pallets to be working pallets
since it will eliminate most sacks and thereby streamline production
lines and improve the quality of mailpieces. One commenter requested
clarification as to whether automation Standard trayed letter mail
would be required to be sorted to SCF and BMC pallets, and if so would
they still be eligible for destination BMC/SCF discounts. One commenter
stated the new preparation standards are a rate increase without a rate
case due to the need for new software and more labor by mailers.
If presented to the Postal Service on pallets, trayed automation
Standard letter mail will be required to be sorted to SCF and BMC
pallets (and ASF pallets if drop shipment rates are claimed at ASFs).
Up to 10% of the mail on these pallets could be submitted on Mixed BMC
pallets. Trayed mail on SCF pallets will be eligible for SCF discounts
if entered at the SCF facility, and carrier route, 5-digit carrier
routes, 5-digit, 3-digit and ADC or AADC trays for destinations within
the service area of the BMC or ASF will be eligible for BMC discounts
if entered at the BMC or ASF. Determination of BMC rate eligibility for
all mail in AADC trays and for all mail in ADC trays, sacks, or
packages placed on pallets, will be made based upon whether the ADC or
AADC 3-digit ZIP Code that appears on the top line of the tray or sack
label in DMM L004 (or the ZIP Code assigned to the ADC in DMM L004 for
the package) is within the BMC service area.
As pointed out in previous notices, although there is a standard to
prepare letter-size mail in trays, there is no standard to place those
trays on pallets. However, if mailers choose to palletize trays of
letter-size mail, the trays must be palletized according to the
sortation standards set forth in DMM M040.
The standard to sort all mail placed on pallets rather than
submitting unsorted mail on working pallets is necessary for efficient
Postal Service operations. Receiving unsorted mail on a pallet means
that the pallet must be staged somewhere in the plant where it must be
broken down, sorted to other containers, and dispatched. When large
quantities of unsorted pallets are received at a plant, the facility
can run out of space to place the pallets that are waiting to be broken
down and sorted. In most instances it is more efficient to unload the
contents of bedloaded trucks at a BMC directly into the sortation
stream than it is to move a working pallet to a staging area, break it
down, and then direct it to a sorting operation. The purpose of
palletization of mail is to allow the Postal Service to cross-dock
entire pallet loads of mail to particular destinations eliminating the
need to break down and sort all the pallets at the entry postal
facility. Accordingly the Postal Service is retaining the standard that
mail presented on pallets must be sorted to required destinations with
a minor portion (no more than 10%) received on working pallets.
b. Mail Meeting the Standards for Both Letters and Automation-
Compatible Flats
Eight commenters had concerns regarding the preparation of
mailpieces that meet the size standards for a letter size piece as well
as the size standards for an automation flat-size piece.
Six commenters stated that mailers should have the option of
preparing their mail in a manner associated with the rates they are
paying. That is, if a mailer chooses to pay rates associated with flat-
size mail, the mailer should be able to prepare this mail as a flat in
sacks, or as packages on pallets; and conversely, if a mailer chooses
to pay letter rates the mail must prepared in trays or preferably in
trays on pallets.
The Postal Service disagrees with this position. The Postal Service
processes mail in different mailstreams based on the mail processing
category of the mailpiece, i.e., letter, flat, automation flat,
machinable parcel, irregular parcel or outside parcel. The mail
processing categories are defined by the size dimensions or size and
weight and other physical characteristics of the mailpieces as defined
in DMM C050. Therefore, even if a letter pays a flat rate it would be
processed by the Postal Service as a letter. The Postal Service
therefore wants letter-size mail prepared in trays and the trays
labeled to show they contain letter-size pieces so they can be directed
to the appropriate letter processing stream. Letter and nonletter rates
are developed on the basis that mail meeting the letter-size
characteristics is processed as letters and mail meeting the flat-size
or parcel characteristics is processed as flats or parcels as
appropriate. Accordingly, the DMM standards reflected in this notice
will require mail meeting the letter-size dimensions in DMM C050 to be
prepared as a letter. The one anomaly in this rule is the automation
flats category. Flat sorting machines can handle some smaller pieces
that overlap into the letter-size processing category, and in the
interest of encouraging preparation of barcoded flat mail, the Postal
Service allowed this smaller mail to qualify for the barcoded flat
rates. Accordingly the Postal Service will
[[Page 10093]]
continue to allow letter-size mail that also meets the size dimensions
for an automation flat to be prepared according to the preparation
standards for a flat, but only when such pieces are presented as part
of an automation flats mailing.
In the proposed rule, the Postal Service proposed an accommodation
for mailers of pieces that meet both the letter and Automation flats
dimensions if they prepare that mail as packages on pallets. Under this
accommodation, the Postal Service proposed that when a portion of the
mailing job consisted of such pieces and was prepared as an automation
flats mailing of packages on pallets, the Postal Service would allow
the entire mailing job, which could include Enhanced Carrier Route and
nonautomation Regular Standard mail, to be prepared as packages on
pallets if no more than 10% of the total number of pieces in the
mailing job were claimed at nonautomation Regular rates and provided
the pieces claimed at the nonautomation Regular rates were paid at the
non-letter rates. This was in recognition that mailers who prepare mail
in packages on pallets would have more efficient mail preparation
operations if allowed to prepare an entire mailing job in the same
manner. Seven commenters disagreed with the 10 percent limit on the
Regular mail (now nonautomation Regular Standard Mail). Six of these
commenters reiterated the reason above, that if they are paying flats
rates they should be able to prepare their mail as a flat without
limit. One commenter indicated he didn't understand the rationale,
especially if pieces over 3 ounces are not run on automated letter
sorting equipment. One commenter stated that the 10% limit should be
increased to 15% to accommodate the mail that previously could have
been prepared as part of a barcoded flat mailing under the 85/15
barcoding rules. One commenter stated that if there was no limit on
carrier route mail there should be no limit on the amount of Regular
mail prepared in the mailing job. This commenter further indicated that
there appears to be insufficient justification in terms of Postal
Service benefits to offset complications in mailer operations.
At the time the Postal Service proposed this accommodation to
mailers preparing packages on pallets, it was working under the terms
of its proposal to the PRC in which the Enhanced Carrier Route subclass
did not contain separate rates for letter and flat mail. The Postal
Service determined that it would overlook any additional preparation
costs it incurred by not having the letter-size carrier route mail
prepared in trays since there was no separate letter rate. However, the
PRCs recommended decision approved by the Governors includes separate
letter and flat rates for Enhanced Carrier Route mail. This change in
the rate structure, together with fairness issues related to giving an
exception for palletized mail but not for sacked mail, has caused the
Postal Service to rethink its proposed accommodation for palletized
mail. As reiterated in the beginning of this section and elsewhere in
the comments concerning letters, the Postal Service is handling all
letter mail in trays in its internal operations and for the sake of
processing category recognition and efficiency in handling, wants all
letter mail presented for entry by mailers to be prepared in letter
trays. The Postal Service believes that preparation of letter-size
Enhanced Carrier Route mail as well as nonautomation Regular letter
mail in trays, and preferably in trays on pallets, is the most
efficient preparation for its operations. The Postal Service will
therefore not offer the exception set forth in the proposed rule, for
palletized mailing jobs that contain a portion prepared as an
automation flats mailing indefinitely. That exception will be
terminated on January 1, 1997. At that time the Postal Service will
provide that, for mailing jobs consisting of mailpieces meeting the
definitions of both a letter and an automation flat, only the portion
submitted as an automation Regular Standard flats mailing may be
prepared as a flat. Letter-size pieces entered as Enhanced Carrier
route and nonautomation Regular mailings must be prepared according to
their letter-size classification as trayed mailings, and preferably as
trays on pallets.
c. Physically Full Flats Trays
One comment was received that supported the Postal Services
proposed definition of a full flats tray as one that is physically
full. This is further defined in DMM M011.1.3 as a minimum of a single
stack of mail lying flat on the bottom of the tray and filling the tray
to the bottom of the handholds. When there is additional mail for the
same tray destination and additional pieces can be stacked in the tray,
it must be further filled to capacity.
5. Periodicals
Two mailers submitted comments concerning the proposed Publications
Service subclass standard. As the Publications Service subclass was not
recommended by the PRC, these comments will not be addressed.
6. Addressing
a. Move Updates
Eighteen comments were received concerning the proposal to require
automation First-Class and Presorted First-Class mailers to update the
addresses of their customers who have moved within 6 months of the
mailing date. One commenter supported the proposal. One commenter
stated there was no support for the proposal within the mailing
industry.
The Postal Service believes the methods currently available to
provide updated address information to customers offer a wide range of
options that can meet the needs of mailers at reasonable cost. For
example:
Use of the endorsement ``Address Correction Requested'' means the
mailpiece will be returned to the sender with the new address
information affixed. This service is provided at No Additional Charge
to the mailing customer. The mailer may then update the address
information, use a new envelope and mail the piece to the new address.
Use of the endorsement ``Forwarding and Address Correction
Requested'' means the mailpiece is forwarded to the new location and
the Postal Service sends a hard copy notice to the mailer with the new
address information. This notice can be used to update the mailers
address and costs $0.50 for each notice.
Use of Address Change Service provides the mailer with an
electronic notice of new address information instead of a hard copy
notice. Electronic notices cost $0.20 and can be obtained on a variety
of electronic media. Mailers may determine the frequency with which
they use the ACS endorsement and participant code so long as the mailer
can certify that each address in a First-Class mailing has been updated
for customer moves within 6 months prior to the date of the mailing.
Use of National Change of Address (NCOA) processing service can
update mailers' address lists with corrected address information prior
to a mailing. Mailers determine how frequently they process their
address lists.
Use of these move update methods on mailings in other classes would
meet the standard for the addresses in the mailing list and qualify
them for access to automation First-Class or Presorted First-Class
rates. Any new addresses added to the mailing list would be ``move
updated'' during the next scheduled processing of the addresses.
One commenter stated that they are unable to use the current
methods and two said they were too costly. The Postal Service incurs
costs to rehandle
[[Page 10094]]
undeliverable-as-addressed mail and also incurs service delays when
mail must be redirected to a new location. It is in the best interests
of the Postal Service and mailers to improve deliverability and reduce
costs. The options cited above provide flexibility to mailers in
meeting the proposed standard, including the ``no fee'' Address
Correction Requested endorsement.
Three commenters asked that implementation of the standard be
postponed to allow time to adjust and obtain move updates. The Postal
Service believes this proposal has merit. The Postal Service recognizes
that many mailers will need to revise their addressing systems to
accommodate move updating. Some will have to learn to use electronic
update systems. Others will need to use up stocks of envelopes that do
not bear an endorsement. Some mailers may need to experiment with
several options, such as the impact of the two different endorsements,
to determine which makes the best business sense for their operations.
The Postal Service also wants to avoid creating a semi-annual
``crunch'' of demand for NCOA and ACS services that might occur if Move
Update was implemented at the same time as the rate and classification
changes resulting from Classification Reform. Thus, the Postal Service
will begin the move update address qualification process at the time of
Classification Reform implementation, but will not condition the
eligibility of automation First-Class and Presorted First-Class
mailings on complete move update qualification until January 1, 1997.
This ``ramp up'' compliance period should give all concerned customers
more than enough time to decide on the update method to use, obtain
NCOA matching services if appropriate, implement internal system
changes to accept electronic move update information and work with
their internal customers or presort customers to obtain full
compliance.
Several commenters expressed concern about the availability of
service from NCOA licensees. The Postal Service believes the existing
group of licensees has the capacity to continue to provide their
services to mailers within the terms of the license (process and return
address files within 7 business days of receipt.) If Postal Service
determines that a legitimate need exists, it will increase the number
of licensees.
Several commenters also asked that implementation be postponed
indefinitely until other methods to do move updating, such as the
Multiline Forwarding System, have been approved. The Postal Service
does not believe that such an open-ended delay is warranted, given the
wide range of current options. Excellent progress has been made towards
the implementation of the Multiline Forwarding System, now known as
FASTFORWARDsm. The Postal Service expects the implementation process to
continue on schedule with certification of the operating systems to
occur during the summer of 1996. Mailers who choose this option will be
able to meet the Move Update requirement well before the end of the
``ramp up'' period. The Postal Service plans to continue to work with
MLOCR users through the Mailers Technical Advisory Committee and the
Multiline Users Group on the development of the FASTFORWARDsm. As
marketplace demands create a need, the Postal Service will also
consider expanding the range of options in the existing services. For
example, this might include adding additional notification options in
Address Change Service beyond the current ones available.
Three commenters inquired if their in house address correction
centers, to which they have devoted significant resources, might be
certified as meeting the standard. For those mailers who believe their
lists are up to date, the use of the ``Address Correction Requested''
endorsement should have little or no impact on their business practices
because they are mailing to the most current address for their
customer. The simple and straightforward use of the endorsement would
meet the proposed standard with no difficulty, need only be applied to
all addresses on the list at least once within the 6 months prior to
the date of mailing and expenditures would be limited to the costs
associated with preprinting the endorsement on mailing envelopes. The
current endorsement options would be an effective approach to meeting
the proposed standard for lists which are well maintained by special
mailer move correction processes. The Postal Service will discuss
additional alternatives with members of the Mailers Technical Advisory
Committee and other industry representatives.
Three other commenters inquired whether a mailer was required to
use the information provided from postal address correction processes
and apply it immediately to their address lists. They asked if the
notification could serve as a trigger to the company to initiate an
inquiry with the customer about correcting address information. Four
commenters indicated that various state and federal government agencies
feel they are prohibited from using Postal Service provided
corrections. In most cases, mailers are expected to update their
mailing addresses promptly. However the Postal Service recognizes that
in some industries there may be legally mandated limits on the address
that can be used in certain customer communications. For example, one
commenter noted that in a number of states, notices of shareholder
meetings must be sent to the address ``in the corporation records.''
Given the concerns expressed by these mailers, the Postal Service has
decided that in circumstances where clearly demonstrated legal
constraints limit a mailer from using address changes provided by the
Postal Service, an individually approved alternative process will be
acceptable to meet the move update standard. Alternative process
approval would be granted on a case by case basis and the legal
limitation would need to be clearly identified. In this process,
mailers would receive address change information from the Postal
Service in any of the currently prescribed manners. This would be
followed by a prompt mailer initiated direct mail contact with the
customer requesting a signed verification of the address change. For
example, the mailer could provide a preprinted barcoded Business Reply
Card which the customer could sign and return. Address information
could then be updated in the mailer's records prior to the next mailing
cycle.
b. Carrier Route Sequencing Standards
16 comments were received on the proposed standards to sequence
basic Enhanced Carrier Route Standard mail and Publications Service
Periodicals carrier route mail. The proposal required update of
sequence information to be done through any of the established
sequencing methods or, for basic carrier route rates, use of the newly
developed Line-of-Travel (LOT) product.
Two commenters said they would be unable to sequence their
mailings. Two others asked that the High Density rate category in
Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail be allowed to use line of travel
sequence rather than exact walk sequence.
The Domestic Mail Classification Schedule which was recommended by
the PRC and approved by the Governors specifies that High Density
Enhanced Carrier Route Standard and High Density Regular Periodicals
mailings must be prepared in walk sequence, and this requirement is
incorporated in the DMM final rules. The approved DMCS provides that
basic nonautomation Enhanced Carrier Route mail and basic automation
Enhanced Carrier Route
[[Page 10095]]
mail be sequenced as prescribed by the Postal Service. The DMM language
in this final rule prescribes that nonautomation basic Enhanced Carrier
Route must be sequenced using either LOT or walk sequence. Sequencing
will not be required for automation Enhanced Carrier Route letters.
Furthermore, the approved DMCS does not specify sequencing for basic
carrier route Regular Periodicals. Accordingly, the Postal Service has
determined that sequencing will not be required for those rates in the
final DMM standards.
Four commenters asked that, where sequencing is required, the
Postal Service accept either ascending or descending order for
sequencing. Commenters added that the turns in production runs may vary
and it would be difficult to accurately predict which direction may
result. One also speculated that the efficiencies gained would be the
same going from end to beginning of the route as they would from
beginning to end of the route. The Postal Service will identify mailers
whose mailings are frequently in reverse order and work with them to
ensure mailings are presented in the proper order.
Eight comments were received concerning the availability of the LOT
product. LOT has been available for subscription since July 1995.
Implementation of the sequencing standards will occur with the
implementation date for Classification Reform. Mailers who are
interested in obtaining the Line-of-Travel product should contact the
National Customer Support Center at 1-800-238-3150 for subscription
information. Continuing updates of LOT sequence information will occur
with the same frequency that carrier route codes are updated.
c. Five Digit ZIP Code Verification
The Postal Service believes that accurate ZIP Codes are vital to
ensuring consistent, timely delivery service. Moreover, the use of a
correct ZIP Code is currently a standard for all presorted mail. Those
who are unwilling to verify that the ZIP Codes they apply to mailpieces
will not be allowed access to discounted postage rates that are based
on ZIP Code presortation.
One commenter asked if the results of CASS processing would verify
ZIP Code accuracy. If the mailer uses certified software and updates
the ZIP Code information using the software, this would be considered a
acceptable verification method. One commenter said the standard should
not be implemented because the Postal Service has received the revenue
and can just discard Standard rate mail if it is undeliverable. The
Postal Service disagrees. The Postal Service would still incur all the
transportation and processing costs in addition to waste disposal fees.
Two commenters asked for a longer implementation period. Mailers
will be expected to identify the method used to verify the ZIP Code
information and sign a certification of verification attached to the
postage statement. The Postal Service has decided to allow mailers 3
months from the date of Classification Reform implementation to verify
the accuracy of their 5-digit ZIP Code information. The Postal Service
believes this October 1, 1996, date provides adequate time in which to
verify ZIP Code information. One commenter asked who would be
responsible for ensuring ZIP Code accuracy. The person in control of
the address would be responsible, however, others may offer services
which would provide the verification. For example, an MLOCR could be
used to apply a barcode representing the correct ZIP Code or a service
bureau may offer a verification service as a part of their service
line.
d. Carrier Route Updates
Five comments were received about the proposal to update carrier
route information within 90 days of the date of mailing. Two comments
suggested that the coding date should be 120 days, not 90 and one
suggested 180 days. Two commenters questioned if the important date was
the date of coding or the date of the AIS product being used. It
appears that some commenters misinterpreted the chart which was
included in the last Federal Register concerning this issue. The chart
indicated all of the possibilities when data products would be valid
for use, not how long the codes assigned by using the product would be
valid. Carrier route assignments are more frequently changed to
accommodate the operational needs of the Postal Service to balance a
carrier's workload. Thus, the Postal Service believes the 90 day coding
standard is reasonable. However, it is not the Postal Service's intent
to require mailers to update their carrier route codes if no more
current source of information is available. The Postal Service believes
the most current data available should be used in assigning carrier
route codes. If new data files are not available, mailers should
continue to use the existing route assignments until such time as new
AIS products have been released by the Postal Service.
e. Address Information System Product Cycle Changes
Eight comments were received concerning the proposed increase in
the frequency of required updates to AIS products. One commenter
suggested the Postal Service publish a separate Federal Register notice
to ensure that all affected parties are aware of the proposed changes.
Three stated that it is difficult to implement the ZIP+4 product
releases within the required 45 day window and that to add CRIS within
the same window would be impossible. Another commenter added that they
have experienced difficulty with software vendors fulfilling product
updates consistently. Two other comments expressed concern about the
possible cost increases. To ensure a smooth transition to the bimonthly
product cycle, the Postal Service will begin bimonthly product
fulfillment with the October 15 product release. Thereafter products
will be released on December 15, February 15, April 15, June 15, and
August 15. The Postal Service believes it has given adequate notice of
these proposed changes through the various notices and mailer meetings
that have been a part of the Classification Reform implementation
effort. It also believes that the benefits which will accrue from more
timely updates justify the additional effort that mailers will need to
make to incorporate these product releases. However, as part of its
customer information commitment, the Postal Service will continue to
work with the vendor industry to resolve any remaining concerns about
product production and fulfillment.
C. Examples of Standardized Documentation
The following pages show examples of documentation that would be
produced under the requirements for standardized documentation
described below.
BILLING CODE 7710-12-P
[[Page 10096]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR96.000
[[Page 10097]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR96.001
[[Page 10098]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR96.002
[[Page 10099]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR96.003
[[Page 10100]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR96.004
[[Page 10101]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR96.005
[[Page 10102]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR96.006
[[Page 10103]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR96.007
[[Page 10104]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR96.008
[[Page 10105]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR96.009
[[Page 10106]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR96.010
[[Page 10107]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR96.011
[[Page 10108]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR96.012
[[Page 10109]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR96.013
[[Page 10110]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR96.014
[[Page 10111]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR96.015
[[Page 10112]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR96.016
[[Page 10113]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MR96.017
BILLING CODE 7710-12-C
[[Page 10114]]
D. Summary of DMM Changes
The DMM revisions shown below are the revisions published in the
December 22, 1995, proposed rule, as modified to reflect inadvertent
errors, comment responses, and the recommendations of the PRC as
approved by the Governors. These revisions use as their base the text
of DMM Issue 49 (September 1, 1995) as amended thereafter by notices
published in the Federal Register or Postal Bulletin. Revisions are
described by module of the DMM. This list is intended as an overview
only, and should not be viewed as definitive.
A (Addressing). Revisions in nomenclature are made throughout. A930
is revised to update the list of available AIS products, and A950 is
revised to show the more frequent product cycle for address coding
products.
C (Characteristics and Content). Revisions in nomenclature are made
throughout. C100 is amended to reflect the proposed new size limits for
pieces eligible for card rates. C300 and C400 are revised and merged
into new C600 to recognize the merger of third- and fourth-class into
Standard Mail. Terms used in various standards are defined in new
sections added to C810, C820, and C840. A new section is added to C810
to describe the standards for enclosed reply pieces.
D (Deposit, Collection, and Delivery). Revisions in nomenclature
are made throughout. D300 and D400 are revised and merged into new D600
to recognize the merger of third- and fourth-class into Standard Mail.
E (Eligibility). Revisions in nomenclature are made throughout.
E100 is amended to consolidate the standards for First-Class Mail
(excluding Priority Mail) into a unit on Presorted (nonautomation) mail
and automation rate mail (in E130 and E140, respectively). E200 is
renamed to recognize the renaming of second-class mail as Periodicals.
E210, E250, and E270 are revised minimally. E230 and E240 are
reorganized to present, respectively, the presort (nonautomation) rate
and automation rate eligibility standards for Regular Periodicals, and
to separate the standards retained for Preferred Periodicals in E239
and E249. E300 and E400 are revised and merged into new E600 to
recognize the merger of third- and fourth-class into Standard Mail.
E610 presents basic standards for all Standard Mail in E611, for former
third-class mail, now called Standard Mail (A) in E612, and for former
fourth-class mail, now called Standard Mail (B) in E613. E620 contains
standards for single-piece rates: single-piece Standard Mail (A)
(E621), parcel post (E622), bound printed matter (E623), Special
Standard Mail (currently special fourth-class mail) (E624), and Library
Mail (E625). E630 presents standards for bulk rates: Regular Basic and
3/5 (E631); Enhanced Carrier Route Basic, High Density, and Saturation
(E632); basic and carrier route bulk bound printed matter (E633); 5-
Digit and BMC Presorted Special Standard Mail (E634); and, consolidated
but without substantive change from current standards, for all existing
Nonprofit rates (E639). E640 contains standards for automation rates:
automation Carrier Route, 5-Digit, 3-Digit, 3/5 (for flats), and Basic
(E641); and, also consolidated but essentially unchanged from current
standards, for all existing Nonprofit rates (E649). E650 and E670 are
revised minimally. Although the PRC's recommendation, as approved by
the Governors, includes automation rate carrier route letter mail in
the Enhanced Carrier Route subclass, for administrative purposes and
for organizational simplicity in its rules, the Postal Service is
presenting the standards for that mail as part of the broader standards
in E641 (and, below, in M810) for automation rate Standard Mail.
F (Forwarding and Related Services). Revisions are confined to
changes in nomenclature and minor editorial changes.
G (General Information) and I (Index Information). No revisions are
made except to update address information, indices, and the Summary of
Changes.
L (Labeling Lists). Revisions in nomenclature are made throughout.
L002 is reorganized to present information for all 3-digit ZIP Code
areas to show where each 3-digit prefix is assigned for 3-digit, 3-
digit/scheme, and SCF distribution. L003 is added to list the 3-digit
ZIP Code areas that are combined for scheme sortation under specific
new preparation standards. To reflect the wider use of the ADC network,
current L101 is relocated and renumbered as L004, with distinctions
shown where appropriate for the respective ADC destinations to which
First-Class, Periodicals, or Standard Mail is to be directed. For
irregular Standard Mail (formerly third- and fourth-class irregular
parcels), L702 and L707 are renumbered as L603 and L604, respectively.
To reflect other revisions to distribution networks that have
eliminated SDC, state, and mixed states preparation, L201-203, L701,
L703, L704, and L706 are deleted.
M (Mail Preparation and Sortation). Revisions in nomenclature are
made throughout. Current M011 is renumbered as M012, and new M011 is
added to consolidate basic definitions of terms used throughout other
mail preparation instructions and to provide basic information about
the Presort Accuracy Validation and Evaluation (PAVE) program. M012 and
M013 are also updated to include revised formats for optional
endorsement lines and carrier route information lines and to allow the
inclusion of rate markings in both. M020 is amended to provide more
consistent package preparation standards for other-than-Nonprofit mail.
M033 is revised to add consistent standards for tray preparation for
letter- and flat-size mail and to offer enhanced information about sack
and tray preparation. M040 is amended to incorporate revisions to
pallet preparation standards set forth in a final rule published on
December 21, 1995 (60 FR 66142-66149). M041 is revised to present
general standards for pallets and their use. M045 reorganizes the
standards in current M042, M043, and M044 as amended by the cited
rulemaking, to present the revised and consolidated standards for
palletized mail preparation. M050 is revised to include information
about line-of-travel sequencing. M100 is reorganized, with the
standards for Presorted First-Class located in new M130. Preparation
standards for nonautomation Regular Periodicals are in new M210;
existing standards for nonautomation Preferred Rate Periodicals are
consolidated in M290. M300 and M400 are revised and merged into new
M600 to recognize the merger of third- and fourth-class into Standard
Mail. Regular Standard Mail (A) preparation is detailed in M610,
Enhanced Carrier Route standards are in M620, and existing standards
for Standard Mail (B) (current fourth-class mail) and for Nonprofit
Standard Mail are contained in M630 and M690, respectively. Revised
preparation standards for automation rate First-Class, Regular
Periodicals, and Standard Mail are contained in M810 (letter-size
pieces) and M820 (flat-size pieces). M890 brings forward existing
standards for Preferred Periodicals and Nonprofit Standard Mail.
Throughout, the optional city preparation level has been eliminated
(except for Preferred Periodicals) and the SDC, state, and mixed states
preparation levels have been replaced with ADC and mixed ADC levels.
P (Postage and Payment Methods). Revisions in nomenclature are made
throughout. P012 is amended to improve the definition of
``standardized'' documentation and to
[[Page 10115]]
include information about PAVE as a source for standardized postage
documentation. P300 and P400 are revised and merged into new P600 to
recognize the merger of third- and fourth-class into Standard Mail.
P100 and P600 are revised to provide information about single-piece
rate mail presented at the same time as a mailing at an automated rate.
P710 is amended to contain new abbreviations for use with manifest
mailings.
R (Rates and Fees). Revisions in nomenclature are made throughout.
R000 contains updated stamp and stamped stationery information. R100
and R200 are amended to reflect revised rates and rate structures. R300
and R400 are revised and merged into new R600 to recognize the merger
of third- and fourth-class into Standard Mail and to show revised rates
and rate structures.
S (Special Services). Revisions in nomenclature are made throughout
with no other substantive changes.
Although exempt from the notice and comment requirements of the
Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 553(b), (c)) regarding proposed
rulemaking by 39 U.S.C. 410(a), the Postal Service invites comments on
those revisions to the DMM set forth below that have been specifically
identified in the discussion as new proposals available for comment:
1. New standards applied to Periodicals that are similar to those
adopted in this final rule for First-Class and Standard Mail:
a. All pieces in an automation rate mailing must be delivery point
barcoded.
b. Presort and other preparation standards, including a 150-piece
minimum for preparing trays of automation rate letter-size mail.
c. 5-digit ZIP Codes used in the addresses on nonautomation rate
Periodicals must be verified annually for accuracy; mailers must
certify this at the time of mailing.
d. Letter-size reply envelopes and cards enclosed in automation
rate pieces must meet specific standards for automation-compatibility;
mailers must certify this at the time of mailing.
2. Standards for documentation produced by Presort Accuracy
Validation and Evaluation (PAVE) certified software and for
standardized documentation produced otherwise. These standards are
presented in P012, below; examples of documentation are also presented
as part of this notice.
List of Subjects in 39 CFR Part 111
Postal Service.
PART 111--[AMENDED]
1. The authority citation for 39 CFR part 111 continues to read as
follows:
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 552(a); 39 U.S.C. 101, 401, 403, 404, 3001-
3011, 3201-3219, 3403-3406, 3621, 3626, 5001.
2. Revise the following sections of the Domestic Mail Manual as
noted below:
* * * * *
A Addressing
A000 Basic Addressing
A010 General Information
[In 1.2d, replace ``second-class mail,'' and ``bulk third-class mail;
fourth-class mail'' with ``Periodicals,'' and ``bulk rate Standard Mail
(A); Standard Mail (B),'' respectively; remove the last sentence in
1.3; in 1.6, replace ``First-, third-, and fourth-class mail'' with
``First-Class and Standard Mail''; references ``E300, E400'' with
``E600''; and ``second-class mail'' with ``Periodicals''; in 4.3f,
replace ``Second-class mail'' with ``Periodicals''; in 4.3g, replace
``Fourth-class mail'' with ``Standard Mail (B)''; in 7.0 (heading),
replace ``Second-Class Mail'' with ``Periodicals''; in 7.1, replace
``First-, third-, and fourth-class'' with ``First-Class and Standard
Mail''; in 7.2, replace ``second-class mail'' with ``Periodicals'' and
``2C'' with ``PER.'']
A040 Alternative Addressing Formats
[In 1.7, 2.2, 3.1, and 3.4, replace ``second-class'' with
``Periodicals.'']
A060 Detached Address Labels
[In 1.2 (heading and text), replace ``[S]econd- or [T]hird-[C]lass''
with ``Periodicals or Standard Mail (A)''; in 1.3 (heading and text),
replace ``[T]hird-[C]lass'' with ``Standard Mail (A)''; in 1.4
(heading), remove ``Fourth-Class''; in 5.2a, replace ``Second-class''
with ``Periodicals''; in 3.8 (heading and text), replace ``[M]ailing
[S]tatement'' with ``[P]ostage [S]tatement''; in 5.2b, replace
``[T]hird-class'' with ``Standard Mail (A)'' and remove ``fourth-
class''; in 5.3, replace ``third- or fourth-class'' with ``Standard
Mail.'']
* * * * *
A900 Customer Support Services
* * * * *
A930 Other Services
* * * * *
1.0 Delivery Statistics File
[Revise the fifth sentence as follows:]
* * * The information is updated monthly through transaction files
and can be ordered either with a single base file in the initial
shipment or with a base file provided quarterly (bimonthly effective
October 15, 1996). * * *
2.0 AIS Products
Customers may use USPS Address Information System (AIS) products to
obtain correct 5-digit ZIP Codes for the addresses on their mailing
lists. These products generally are more economical than mailing list
services. Customers with computerized address lists may obtain the
City/State file, Five-Digit ZIP Code file, Line-of-Travel (LOT)
information, Z4CHANGE file, ZIP Move file, Carrier Route Information
System (CRIS), and ZIP+4 tapes. Customers may also use USPS directories
and microfiche products to find correct 5-digit ZIP Codes for single
and multi-ZIP Coded offices. Information about ordering and using these
products is available by calling 1-800-238-3150.
* * * * *
[In 3.1a, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, and 4.6, replace ``Quarterly'' and
``quarterly'' with ``Quarterly (Bimonthly effective October 15, 1996)''
and ``quarterly (bimonthly effective October 15, 1996),''
respectively.]
* * * * *
[Revise 5.0 as follows:]
5.0 Delivery Statistics
In post offices with rural delivery, highway contract box delivery,
and post office box delivery, postmasters must provide, at no charge,
the following information for their respective offices:
a. Number of post office boxes rented.
b. Route numbers, number of boxes, and number of families on each
rural and highway contract box delivery route (including seasonal data,
if applicable).
c. Number of families served or number of business places served by
rural or highway contract box delivery routes within the total delivery
area.
A950 Coding Accuracy Support System (CASS)
* * * * *
3.0 Date of Address Matching and Coding
3.1 Updating Standards
Unless Z4CHANGE is used, all automation and carrier route mailings
bearing addresses coded by any AIS product must be coded with current
CASS-certified software and the current USPS database. Coding must be
performed within 90 days of the mailing date for all carrier route
mailings; within 6 months for automation rate First-Class, Regular
Periodicals, and Standard Mail; and within 1 year for ZIP+4 and
Barcoded rate Preferred Periodicals and Nonprofit Standard
[[Page 10116]]
Mail. All AIS products may be used immediately upon release. New
product releases must be included in address matching systems no later
than 45 days after the release date. The overlap in dates for product
use allows mailers adequate time to install the new data files and test
their systems. Mailers are expected to update their systems with the
latest data files as soon as practical and need not wait until the
``last permissible use'' date to include the new information in their
address matching systems. Effective with the October 15, 1996, database
product release, the ``current USPS database'' product cycle is defined
by the following matrix.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
File release Required use Last permissible
------------------------------------------------------ use
------------------
Use of file released on . . . Must begin no And must end no
later than . . . later than . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Feb. 15.......................... Apr. 1............ May 31.
Apr. 15.......................... June 1............ July 31.
June 15.......................... Aug. 1............ Sept. 30.
Aug. 15.......................... Oct. 1............ Nov. 30.
Oct. 15.......................... Dec. 1............ Jan. 31.
Dec. 15.......................... Feb. 1............ Mar. 31.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * *
5.0 Documentation
5.1 Requirement
Unless excepted by standard, each mailing submitted at an
automation rate, at a carrier route Periodicals rate, or at an Enhanced
Carrier Route Standard Mail rate, must be accompanied by documentation
as described below.
* * * * *
5.4 Providing Required Data
* * * * *
b. Name of the list processor using the CASS-certified software to
match and code the address list, the date the address list was
processed, the date of the USPS database used to code the address list,
the address list name or identification number, the total number of
address records on the list submitted for coding, the total number of
address records successfully coded to the appropriate depth of code,
and the percentage of total addresses submitted for coding that were
successfully coded.
* * * * *
6.0 Obtaining CASS Certification
6.1 Testing Arrangements
[Replace ``ZIP+4 or delivery point'' with ``carrier route, ZIP+4, or
delivery point.'']
* * * * *
C Characteristics and Content
C000 General Information
C010 General Mailability Standards
[In 1.1 and 3.8, replace ``third-class'' with ``Standard Mail (A)''; in
1.7, replace ``C300'' and ``third-class mail'' with ``C600'' and
``Standard Mail (A),'' respectively; in 6.0, replace the reference
``G010'' with ``G020''; in 7.8 (heading), replace ``Scope'' with
``High-Density''; in 9.3, replace the reference ``I042'' with ``G042'';
no other change in text.]
* * * * *
C020 Restricted or Nonmailable Articles and Substances
[In 4.1, remove ``Title.'']
[Revise the heading of C021 as follows:]
C021 Articles and Substances Generally
* * * * *
C023 Hazardous Matter
[In 10.7, replace ``40 CFR 172, Identification Number Cross Reference
Index to Proper Shipping Names,'' with ``40 CFR 172''; in 11.2, replace
``Except under 10.10, parcels'' with ``Parcels''; in 11.6, replace
``mailing statement'' with ``postage statement''; no other change in
text.]
* * * * *
C024 Other Restricted or Nonmailable Matter
[In 12.1, replace ``First-, third-, or fourth-class'' with ``First-
Class or Standard Mail''; no other change in text.]
* * * * *
C050 Mail Processing Categories
1.0 Basic Information
[Remove current 1.1 and 1.2 and replace with new 1.0 as follows:]
All mail is assigned to one of the mail processing categories
listed below, based on the physical dimensions of the mailpiece,
regardless of the placement (orientation) of the delivery address on
the mailpiece. Unless permitted by standard, any mailing at other than
the single-piece First-Class or Standard Mail rates may not contain
pieces from more than one processing category.
* * * * *
C100 First-Class Mail
1.0 Dimensions
[In 1.2, remove the reference ``(see C400).'']
* * * * *
2.0 Cards Claimed at Card Rates
2.1 Postcard Dimensions
Each card (i.e., each postal card or postcard or each half of a
double postal card or postcard) claimed at a card rate must be:
a. Rectangular.
b. Not less than 3\1/2\ inches high, 5 inches long, or 0.007 inch
thick.
c. Not larger than 4\1/4\ inches high, 6 inches long, or 0.016 inch
thick.
* * * * *
2.8 Special Rules for Cards
Cards not mailed as Presorted First-Class Mail but with the
characteristics noted in 2.6 or 2.7 must:
a. Be prepared in mailings of not less than 200 cards of identical
size and weight.
b. Have an address that includes the correct ZIP Code or ZIP+4
code.
c. Have postage paid with permit imprints, meter stamps, or
precanceled stamps.
d. Be sorted to the finest extent possible and trayed as required
for Regular Basic and 3/5 Standard Mail.
* * * * *
[Remove current 2.11 and renumber current 2.12 as 2.11; renumber
current 3.0 as 4.0 and add new 3.0 as follows:]
3.0 Enclosures
Enclosures in double cards are prohibited. Envelopes and cards
enclosed in automation rate First-Class Mail are subject to the
corresponding standards in C810.
4.0 Nonstandard Mail
[Replace ``A piece of First-Class Mail weighing 1 ounce or less'' with
``Single-piece rate and Presorted rate First-Class Mail weighing 1
ounce or less, and not claimed at a card rate,''; no other change.]
* * * * *
[Revise the heading of C200 as follows:]
C200 Periodicals
[In 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.4a, 1.4b, 1.4c, 1.5a, 1.6, 1.9, 1.10a, 1.10c,
2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 3.3, 3.7, 4.2, and 4.4, replace ``[S]econd-
[C]lass'' with ``Periodicals''; in 1.3, 1.3b, 1.3c, 1.3d, and 1.10c,
replace ``First- or [any] third-class'' with ``First-Class or [any]
Standard Mail (A)''; in 1.3a, 1.3d, 1.8b, and 1.10c, replace ``[T]hird-
[C]lass [Mail]'' with ``Standard Mail (A)''; in 1.4d, replace ``mailing
statement'' with ``postage statement''; in 2.2c, replace ``First-,
third-, or fourth-class'' with ``First-Class or Standard Mail''; in
2.4, replace ``Fourth-[C]lass [M]ail'' with ``Standard Mail (B)''; no
other change in text.]
[[Page 10117]]
[Move current Exhibit [C300.]1.3 to new C600.1.1c and redesignate as
Exhibit [600.]1.1c; retitle redesignated Exhibit 1.1c as ``Dimensions
for Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail''; remove text of C300.]
[Move current Exhibit [C400.]1.2 to new C600.1.2b and redesignate as
Exhibit [C600.]1.2b; remove text of current C300 and C400.]
[No change to C500.]
[Insert new C600, based on text of current C300 and C400, as follows:]
C600 Standard Mail
1.0 Dimensions
1.1 Standard Mail (A)
These dimensional standards apply to Standard Mail (A):
a. Each piece must weigh less than 16 ounces. Lower limits apply to
mail claimed at automation rates.
b. Within the standards for mailability in C010, there is no
maximum size for nonautomation rate Regular and Nonprofit Standard Mail
(A); all automation rate Standard Mail (A) is subject to the size and
weight limits in C810 (letters) and C820 (flats), as applicable.
c. Except for automation Basic Carrier Route rate pieces and
merchandise samples mailed with detached address labels (DALs), the
maximum size for Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail is 11\3/4\ inches
high, 14 inches long, and \3/4\ inch thick (see Exhibit 1.1c).
Merchandise samples whose dimensions exceed these maximums may be sent
at the Enhanced Carrier Route rates if mailed using DALs, provided that
the samples meet all other applicable standards and the DALs meet the
standards in A060.
[Insert redesignated Exhibit [600.]1.1c.]
1.2 Standard Mail (B)
These dimensional standards apply to Standard Mail (B):
a. Each piece may not exceed 70 pounds, except matter at bound
printed matter rates may not exceed 10 pounds.
b. The combined length and girth of a piece (i.e., the length of
its longest side plus the distance around its thickest part) may not
exceed 108 inches (see Exhibit 1.2b).
c. Two or more packages may be mailed as a single parcel, if they
are about the same size or shape or if they are parts of one article,
if they are securely wrapped or fastened together, and if they do not
together exceed the weight or size limits.
d. Lower size or weight standards apply to mail claimed at certain
rates, addressed to certain APOs and FPOs, or sent by the Department of
State to U.S. Government personnel abroad.
e. Pieces might be subject to minimum weight or dimensions based on
the standards for specific rates.
[Insert redesignated Exhibit [600.]1.2b.]
2.0 Surcharges
2.1 Nonstandard Mail
Single-piece rate Standard Mail (A) (other than a key or
identification device) weighing 1 ounce or less is nonstandard and
subject to the applicable surcharge if its thickness exceeds \1/4\ inch
or, if based on the placement (orientation) of the address, its length
exceeds 11\1/2\ inches, its height exceeds 6\1/8\ inches, or its length
divided by its height is less than 1.3 or more than 2.5.
2.2 Nonmachinable Mail
Specific items mailed at the inter-BMC/ASF parcel post rates might
be subject to a nonmachinable surcharge (as described in E600) unless
the mailer paid the special delivery or special handling fee.
3.0 Sealing
Standard Mail is not sealed against postal inspection. Standard
Mail may be prepared for automated processing but must allow easy
examination.
4.0 Enclosures
Envelopes and cards enclosed in automation Standard Mail are
subject to the corresponding standards in C810.
C800 Automation-Compatible Mail
[Renumber current Exhibit [C800.]8.3 as Exhibit 7.2b; replace text of
current C810 with new C810 as follows:]
C810 Letters and Cards
1.0 Basic Standards
Letters and cards claimed at automation-based rates must meet the
standards in 2.0 through 7.0, and the general and specific standards
for mailability and mail class. Pieces claimed at a card rate must also
meet the standards in C100.
2.0 Dimensions
2.1 Shape and Size
Each mailpiece must be rectangular and:
a. Not more than 6\1/8\ or less than 3\1/2\ inches high.
b. Not more than 11\1/2\ or less than 5 inches long.
c. Not more than 0.25 or less than
(1) 0.007 inch thick if not more than 4\1/4\ inches high and 6
inches long; or
(2) 0.009 inch thick if more than 4-1/4 inches high or 6 inches
long, or both.
2.2 Aspect Ratio
The length of a mailpiece divided by its height (aspect ratio) must
be neither less than 1.3 nor more than 2.5.
2.3 Weight
Maximum weight limits are:
a. 2.5 ounces: upgradable Presorted First-Class, ZIP+4 Preferred
Periodicals, upgradable nonautomation Regular Standard Mail, and ZIP+4
Nonprofit Standard Mail.
b. 3 ounces: automation First-Class Mail, automation Regular
Periodicals, automation Standard Mail, and Barcoded Nonprofit Standard
Mail.
c. 3.3062 ounces: automation Enhanced Carrier Route heavy letters
(subject to 7.5).
d. 3.3087 ounces: automation Standard Mail heavy letters (subject
to 7.5).
e. 3.4383 ounces: automation First-Class Mail, automation Regular
Periodicals, and Barcoded Nonprofit Standard Mail heavy letters
(subject to 7.5).
3.0 General Prohibitions and Restrictions
3.1 Wraps and Closures
An automation-compatible mailpiece may not be polywrapped,
polybagged, or shrinkwrapped; have clasps, string, buttons, or similar
closure devices; or have protrusions that might impede or damage the
mail or mail processing equipment.
3.2 Staples and Saddle Stitching
Staples or saddle stitching may be used only on booklet-type
mailpieces to join the bound edge (spine). Inserted staples or
stitching must parallel the bound edge, seat tightly and securely, and
have no protrusions that might impede or damage the mail or mail
processing equipment.
3.3 Rigid and Odd-Shaped Items
Rigid items (e.g., pens, pencils, keys, bottle caps) are prohibited
within mailpieces. Reasonably flexible items (e.g., credit cards) are
permitted. Subject to 5.0, odd-shaped items (e.g., coins and tokens)
are permitted if firmly affixed to and wrapped within the contents of
the mailpiece and envelope to streamline the shape of the mailpiece for
automated processing.
4.0 Tabs, Wafer Seals, Tape, and Glue
Tabs, wafer seals, cellophane tape, or permanent glue (continuous
or spot) may be used as applicable to the
[[Page 10118]]
particular type of mailpiece under 7.0 if the sealing devices do not
interfere with the recognition of the barcode, rate marking, postage
information, or delivery or return addresses. In all cases, additional
tabs or seals may be used. Cellophane tape is not acceptable within the
barcode clear zone. Tabs or wafer seals placed in the barcode clear
zone must contain a paper face meeting the standards for background
reflectance and, if the barcode is not preprinted by the mailer, the
standards for acceptance of water-based ink. Tabs, wafer seals, and
tape must have a peel adhesion (shear strength) value of at least 15
ounces/inch at a speed of 12 inches/minute after application to a
stainless steel plate; the test is to be conducted 10 minutes after the
material is applied to the plate.
5.0 Flexibility
5.1 Ability to Bend
To ensure transport through automated equipment, a mailpiece and
its contents must bend easily when subjected to a transport belt
tension of 40 pounds around an 11-inch diameter drum.
5.2 Testing Flexibility
A mailer wanting to have mailpieces tested for flexibility must
submit at least 50 sample pieces and a written request to USPS
Engineering at least 6 weeks before the mailing date. The request must
describe mailpiece contents and construction, number of pieces being
produced, and level of preparation (e.g., presort). Engineering advises
the mailer by letter of its findings. If the mailpiece is approved, the
letter includes a unique number identifying the piece tested and serves
as evidence that the piece meets the relevant standards. A copy of the
letter must be attached to each postage statement submitted for
mailings of the approved piece. If requested by the USPS, the mailer
must show that pieces presented for mailing are the same as those
tested and approved.
6.0 Outside Labels and Stickers
6.1 Use
Permanent labels and stickers (i.e., those designed not to be
removed or relocated) must be affixed directly to the outside of the
mailpiece with permanent adhesive. A mailer may provide recipients with
relocatable labels to place on the outside of response pieces sent back
to the mailer. On pieces mailed at First-Class card rates or at
Periodicals rates, labels and stickers may be used only if permitted by
the applicable standards.
6.2 Pressure-Sensitive Labels
Pressure-sensitive labels and stickers affixed directly to
mailpieces before mailing must have a minimum peel adhesion to
stainless steel of 8 ounces/inch. This standard does not apply to
pressure-sensitive labels provided by the USPS to label packages to
sortation levels.
6.3 ``Sandwich'' Labels
A face stock/liner label (``sandwich'' label) is a two-part unit
with a face stock (top label) attached to a liner (bottom label)
affixed to the mailpiece. The face stock must have a peel adhesion
value of at least 2 ounces/inch with respect to the liner label and at
least 8 ounces/inch when reapplied to stainless steel.
7.0 Additional Standards for Specific Types of Pieces
7.1 Envelopes and Pieces Sealed on All Sides
An envelope or any mailpiece formed by an outer sheet or sheets
sealed on all four edges must be prepared from paper with a minimum
basis weight of 16 pounds (measured weight for 500 17- by 22-inch
sheets).
7.2 Folded Self-Mailers
A folded self-mailer must be prepared with the folded edge parallel
to the longest dimension and the address of the mailpiece. These
additional standards apply, based on the number of tabs used:
a. With one tab or wafer seal, the folded edge must be at the
bottom of the self-mailer. The tab or wafer seal must be placed in the
middle of the top edge of the piece. If formed of a single folded
sheet, the self-mailer must be prepared from paper with a minimum basis
weight of 28 pounds (measured weight for 500 17- by 22-inch sheets) or
70 pounds (measured weight for 500 25- by 38-inch sheets). If formed of
multiple folded sheets, the self-mailer must be prepared from paper
with a minimum basis weight of 24 pounds (measured weight for 500 17-
by 22-inch sheets) or 60 pounds (measured weight for 500 25- by 38-inch
sheets).
b. With two tabs or wafer seals, the folded edge may be at the top
or bottom of the self-mailer. The two tabs or wafer seals must be
placed on the open edge, opposite the folded edge. One tab or wafer
seal must be placed within 1 inch of the left edge of the piece; the
other, within 1 inch of the right edge of the piece (see Exhibit 7.2b).
The whole tab need not be placed within 1 inch of the edge. The tabs
must not obscure the FIM, postage, or required address information. The
folded self-mailer must be prepared from paper with a minimum basis
weight of 20 pounds (measured weight for 500 17- by 22-inch sheets).
[Insert renumbered Exhibit 7.2b.]
7.3 Booklet-Type Pieces
The front and back covers of a booklet-type piece must be prepared
from paper with a minimum basis weight of 20 pounds (measured weight
for 500 17- by 22-inch sheets). The bound edge (spine) must be the
longest edge of the piece and at the bottom, parallel to the address.
The top (unbound) edge must be secured with at least two tabs or wafer
seals. One tab or wafer seal must be placed within 1 inch of the left
edge of the piece; the other, within 1 inch of the right edge of the
piece.
7.4 Cards
Cards must be prepared from paper stock meeting the industry
standard for a basis weight of 75 pounds or greater, with none less
than 71.25 pounds (measured weight for 500 25- by 38-inch sheets). The
stock must be free from groundwood unless coated with a substance
adding to the stock's ability to resist an applied bending force. A
double postcard not prepared with all edges sealed must have the folded
edge at the top or bottom, and the open edge parallel to the address
must be secured with one tab (or other permitted closure) in the middle
of the length.
7.5 Heavy Letter Mail
Heavy letter mail (i.e., barcoded letter-size mail weighing more
than 3 ounces up to the maximum in 2.3) must meet the additional
barcoding standards in C840, must be prepared in an envelope, and must
be part of a 100% delivery point barcoded mailing. Heavy letter mail
may neither contain stiff enclosures nor be prepared as a self-mailer
or booklet-type mailpiece.
8.0 Enclosed Reply Cards and Envelopes
8.1 Basic Standard
Effective January 1, 1997, all courtesy reply and business reply
mail (BRM) letter-size cards and envelopes provided as enclosures in
automation First-Class, automation Regular Periodicals, and automation
Regular Standard Mail must meet the applicable standards in 1.0 through
7.0, bear a facing identification mark meeting the standards in 8.2,
and bear the correct delivery point barcode (or, for BRM, the correct
ZIP+4 barcode) for the delivery address of the reply piece as defined
by the USPS, subject to the barcode standards in C840. Mailers
[[Page 10119]]
must certify that these standards have been met when the corresponding
mail is presented to the USPS. BRM pieces must also meet the applicable
standards in S922.
8.2 FIM
Each enclosed reply piece described in 8.1 must bear the correct
facing identification mark (FIM), either FIM A for courtesy reply or
FIM C for BRM, prepared under the standards in S922.
C820 Flats
[Add new 1.0; renumber current 1.0 through 6.0 as 2.0 through 7.0,
respectively; renumber Exhibit 4.1a, Exhibit 4.1b, and Exhibit 4.2 as
Exhibit 5.1a, Exhibit 5.1b, and Exhibit 5.2, respectively; remove
renumbered 2.1 and redesignate renumbered 2.2 through 2.5 as 2.1
through 2.4, respectively; in renumbered 2.4b and 6.2, replace
``second-class'' with ``Periodicals''; in renumbered 2.4c, replace
``third-class'' with ``Standard Mail (A)''; revise other text as
follows:]
1.0 Basic Standards
All pieces must meet the general and specific standards for
mailability and the class of mail and rate claimed.
2.0 General Dimensions
* * * * *
[Revise the heading and text of renumbered 2.3 as follows:]
2.3 Shape and Size
Each mailpiece must be rectangular and:
a. Not more than 12 or less than 6 inches high.
b. Not more than 15 or less than
(1) 5 inches long if from 6 to 7\1/2\ inches high; or
(2) 6 inches long if more than 7\1/2\ inches high.
c. Not more than 0.75 or less than 0.009 inch thick.
* * * * *
[Revise renumbered 4.0 as follows:]
4.0 Tabs, Wafer Seals, Tape, and Glue
Tabs, wafer seals, cellophane tape, or permanent glue (continuous
or spot) may be used if these sealing devices do not interfere with the
recognition of the barcode, rate marking, postage information, and
delivery and return addresses. Cellophane tape may not be placed over
the barcode or where any part of the barcode will be printed. Tabs or
seals placed in the area on which any part of the barcode is printed
must contain a paper face meeting the standards for background
reflectance. Tabs, wafer seals, and tape must have a peel adhesion
(shear strength) value of at least 15 ounces/inch at a speed of 12
inches/minute after application to a stainless steel plate; the test is
to be conducted 10 minutes after the material is applied to the plate.
5.0 Turning Ability and Deflection
[In renumbered 5.1a, replace ``(see Exhibit 4.1a)'' with ``(see Exhibit
5.1a)''; in renumbered 5.1b, replace ``(see Exhibit 4.1b)'' with ``(see
Exhibit 5.1b)''; in renumbered 5.2 (heading), replace ``Rigidity'' with
``Deflection''; in renumbered 5.2, replace reference ``Exhibit 4.2''
with ``Exhibit 5.2''; no other change.]
* * * * *
[Revise renumbered 7.0 as follows:]
7.0 Outside Labels and Stickers
7.1 Use
Permanent labels and stickers (i.e., those designed not to be
removed or relocated) must be affixed directly to the outside of the
mailpiece with permanent adhesive. A mailer may provide recipients with
relocatable labels to place on the outside of response pieces sent back
to the mailer. On pieces mailed at Periodicals rates, labels and
stickers may be used only if permitted by the applicable standards.
7.2 Pressure-Sensitive Labels
Pressure-sensitive labels and stickers affixed directly to
mailpieces before mailing must have a minimum peel adhesion to
stainless steel of 8 ounces/inch. This standard does not apply to
pressure-sensitive labels provided by the USPS to label packages to
sortation levels.
7.3 ``Sandwich'' Labels
A face stock/liner label (``sandwich'' label) is a two-part unit
with a face stock (top label) attached to a liner (bottom label)
affixed to the mailpiece. The face stock must have a peel adhesion
value of at least 2 ounces/inch with respect to the liner label and at
least 8 ounces/inch when reapplied to stainless steel.
* * * * *
[Revise the heading of C830 as follows:]
C830 OCR Standards
* * * * *
C840 Barcoded Mailpieces
* * * * *
[Revise 2.0 as follows:]
2.0 Barcode Location--Letter-Size Pieces
2.1 Barcode Clear Zone
Each piece in an automation rate mailing and each piece of
upgradable Presorted First-Class or upgradable Regular Standard Mail
must have a barcode clear zone unless the piece bears a DPBC in the
address block. The barcode clear zone and all printing and material in
the clear zone must meet the reflectance standards in 5.0. The barcode
clear zone is a rectangular area in the lower right corner of the
address side of cards and letter-size pieces defined by these
boundaries:
a. Right: right edge of the piece.
b. Left: 4-3/4 inches from the right edge of the piece.
c. Bottom: bottom edge of the piece.
d. Top: 5/8 inch from the bottom edge of the piece.
2.2 General Standards
Barcode location is subject to these general standards:
a. Pieces in automation rate mailings, except those subject to 2.2b
or 2.2c, may bear a DPBC (or, when permitted by standard, a 5-digit
barcode) in either the address block or the barcode clear zone. Pieces
may bear a ZIP+4 barcode (subject to rate eligibility standards) only
when the ZIP+4 barcode is in the address block and the DPBC is
correctly positioned within the barcode clear zone.
b. ZIP+4 rate pieces may bear a DPBC within either the address
block or the barcode clear zone. Pieces may not bear a ZIP+4 barcode in
the lower right corner. Subject to rate eligibility standards, pieces
may bear a ZIP+4 barcode in the address block or a 5-digit barcode
within either the address block or the barcode clear zone in the lower
right corner of the address side.
c. Automation rate pieces weighing more than 3 ounces, up to the
maximum weight for barcoded pieces permitted by C810, must bear a DPBC
in the address block.
2.3 Printed on Mailpiece
Except as noted in 8.2 for 5-digit barcodes, if the barcode is
printed directly on the lower right corner of the piece, the entire
barcode must be within the barcode read area defined by these limits:
a. Horizontally, the leftmost bar must be between 3-1/2 inches and
4-1/4 inches from the right edge of the mailpiece.
b. Vertically, the barcode must be positioned within the area
between 3/16 inch and 7/16 inch from the bottom edge of the mailpiece;
the bottom of the bars must be 1/4 inch 1/16 inch from the
bottom edge of the mailpiece.
2.4 Printed on Inserts
If the barcode is printed on an insert to appear through a window
in the lower right corner of an envelope:
[[Page 10120]]
a. The envelope and window must meet the physical standards in 7.0.
b. The entire barcode must be within the barcode clear zone (but
need not be completely within the barcode read area).
c. When the insert showing through the window is moved to any of
its limits inside the envelope, the entire barcode must remain within
the barcode clear zone, and a clear space must be maintained that is at
least 1/8 inch between the barcode and the left and right edges of the
window, at least 1/25 inch between the barcode and the top edge of the
window, and at least 3/16 inch between the barcode and the bottom edge
of the mailpiece.
2.5 Printed in Address Block
When the barcode is included as part of the address block:
a. The barcode must be placed above the address line containing the
recipient's name; below the city, state, and ZIP Code line; above or
below the keyline information; or above or below the optional
endorsement line.
b. The printing of the barcode anywhere between the address line
containing the recipient's name and the city, state, and ZIP Code line
is prohibited.
c. The minimum clearance between the barcode and any information
line above or below it within the address block must be at least 1/25
inch, and the separation between the barcode and top line or bottom
line of the address block must not exceed 5/8 inch.
d. If a window envelope is used, the clearance between the leftmost
and rightmost bars and any printing or window edge must be at least 1/8
inch, and the clearance between the barcode and the top and bottom
window edges must be at least 1/25 inch. These clearances must be
maintained during the insert's range of movement in the envelope.
Address block windows on heavy letter mail (as defined in 2.2c) must be
covered; such windows may be covered on other mail. Covers for address
block windows are subject to 7.3.
e. If an address label is used, a clear space of at least 1/8 inch
must be left between the barcode and the left and right edges of the
address label, and the clearance between the barcode and the top and
bottom edges of the address label must be at least 1/25 inch.
f. The rightmost bar must be at least 1/2 inch from the right edge
of the mailpiece, and the leftmost bar must be less than 10-1/2 inches
from the right edge of the mailpiece and at least 1/2 inch from the
left edge of the mailpiece; the top of each bar must be less than 4
inches from the bottom edge of the mailpiece; and the bottom line of
the address block, including the barcode, must be at least 5/8 inch
from the bottom of the mailpiece.
[Renumber current 3.0 through 9.0 as 4.0 through 10.0, respectively; in
renumbered 7.2, replace the reference ``6.3'' with ``7.3''; in
renumbered 7.3, replace the reference ``4.0'' with ``5.0''; add new 3.0
as follows:]
3.0 Barcode Location--Flat-Size Mail
The barcode may be anywhere on the address side that is at least 1/
8 inch from any edge of the mailpiece. That portion of the surface of
the piece on which the barcode is printed must meet the reflectance
standards in 5.0. The address side may bear only one POSTNET-format
barcode (i.e., the correct barcode for the delivery address on the
mailpiece). Other mailer-applied non-POSTNET barcodes may appear on the
address side if their format is not intelligible or not confusing to
automated postal equipment. Address block barcodes are subject to the
standards in 2.5a through 2.5f.
[Revise renumbered 4.0 as follows:]
4.0 Barcode Dimensions and Spacing
Barcodes are subject to these standards for dimensions and spacing.
Extraneous ink or ink voids must not cause any bar to fail to meet
these standards:
a. A full bar must be 0.125 0.010 inch high.
b. A half bar must be 0.050 0.010 inch high.
c. All bars must be 0.020 0.005 inch wide.
d. Measured over any 1/2 inch, horizontal spacing of the bars must
be 22 2 bars per inch, and pitch (a bar and a space) must
average at least 0.0416 inch but no more than 0.05 inch. The clear
vertical space between bars must not be less than 0.012 inch nor more
than 0.04 inch.
5.0 Reflectance
* * * * *
5.4 Dark Fibers and Background Patterns
* * * * *
c. The barcode clear zone on all nonbarcoded pieces in a letter-
size barcoded mailing.
* * * * *
8.0 Use of ZIP+4 or 5-Digit Barcodes
8.1 Automation Pieces
Pieces in automation rate mailings are subject to these standards:
a. Subject to the eligibility standards for the rate claimed,
pieces in automation rate mailings of Preferred Periodicals and
Nonprofit Standard Mail may bear a ZIP+4 or 5-digit barcode if the
barcode meets the standards in 3.0 through 6.0 except that a ZIP+4
barcode may not appear in the lower right corner on pieces in ZIP+4
rate mailings or in Barcoded rate mailings of pieces with address block
barcodes.
b. Letter-size pieces in automation rate mailings of First-Class
Mail, Regular Periodicals, and Standard Mail may not bear a 5-digit or
ZIP+4 barcode in the lower right corner. Pieces may bear a 5-digit or
ZIP+4 barcode in the address block if a DPBC appears in the lower right
corner.
c. Flat-size pieces in automation rate mailings of First-Class
Mail, Regular Periodicals, and Standard Mail may not bear a 5-digit
barcode.
8.2 Leftmost Bar
Any 5-digit barcode must be located as specified in 2.0, except
that, if placed in the barcode clear zone, the leftmost bar of the
barcode must be between 4-1/8 and 4-1/4 inches from the right edge of
the mailpiece.
* * * * *
D Deposit, Collection, and Delivery
D000 Basic Information
* * * * *
D020 Plant Loads
[In 3.1, replace ``second-, third-, and fourth-class mail'' with
``Periodicals and Standard Mail'' and ``mailing statement'' with
``postage statement''; in the table in 5.0 in the first column, replace
``Second-Class'' with ``Periodicals'' and ``Bulk Mail Acceptance Unit''
with ``Business Mail Entry Unit (BMEU)''; in the table in 5.0 in the
fourth column, replace ``Post Office of Acceptance Unit'' with ``BMEU
Post Office'' and both ``Eligible SCF'' and ``Delivery/SCF Office''
with ``Entry Office''; in the table in 5.0, in footnote 1, replace
``Mailing statements'' with ``Postage statements''; in the table in
5.0, in footnote 2, replace ``carrier route First-Class, Presorted
First-Class, ZIP+4, and Barcoded rate mail'' with ``Presorted First-
Class and all automation rate mail.'']
* * * * *
D041 Customer Mail Receptacles
[In 2.10, replace ``second-class mail'' with ``Periodicals.''] D042
Conditions of Delivery
[In 7.0, replace the reference ``M011'' with ``M012.'']
[[Page 10121]]
D071 Express Mail and Priority Mail Drop Shipment
[In 1.2, 1.3, 2.2, and 2.3, replace ``bulk mail acceptance unit'' with
``business mail entry unit.'']
D072 Drop Shipment of Metered Mail
[In 5.2, 5.3, 6.2, and 6.3, replace ``mailing statement'' with
``postage statement.'']
4.0 Option 2: Deposit at Another Post Office
* * * * *
[Revise 4.4 as follows:]
4.4 Markings
The drop shipment endorsement placed in the ad plate area may
include the marking required by the standards for the rate claimed if
that marking is placed directly below the drop ship endorsement and
meets the standards in M012. The marking may also be provided
separately, not necessarily by meter ad plate, directly below the meter
stamp or imprint, if it meets the relevant size and legibility
standards.
* * * * *
5.0 Option 3: Consolidated Drop Shipment With Endorsement
* * * * *
[Combine 5.2 and 5.3 as 5.2 and revise the heading as follows:]
5.2 Barcoded and Nonbarcoded Portion
[In new 5.2, replace ``mailing statement'' with ``postage statement.'']
[Renumber current 5.4 through 5.11 as 5.3 through 5.10, respectively.]
* * * * *
6.0 Option 4: Consolidated Drop Shipment Without Endorsement
* * * * *
[Combine 6.2 and 6.3 as 6.2 and revise the heading as follows:]
6.2 Barcoded and Nonbarcoded Portion
[In new 6.2, replace ``mailing statement'' with ``postage statement.'']
Renumber current 6.4 through 5.12 as 6.3 through 6.11, respectively.]
* * * * *
D100 First-Class Mail
[In 2.5, replace ``carrier route First-Class, Presorted First-Class,
ZIP+4, and Barcoded rate'' with ``Presorted First-Class or automation
rate''; remove 2.6; in 3.3, replace ``a presorted or automation First-
Class rate'' with ``a Presorted First-Class rate or an automation
First-Class rate''; remove 3.4 and renumber current 3.5 and 3.6 as 3.4
and 3.5, respectively; in renumbered 3.5, replace ``mailing statement''
with ``postage statement.'']
[Revise the heading of D200 as follows:]
D200 Periodicals
D210 Basic Information
[In 1.0, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.4, 4.0 (heading), 4.1, and 4.2, replace
``[S]econd-[C]lass [[M]ail]'' with ``Periodicals''; in 2.1, replace
``First-, third- or fourth-class'' with ``First-Class or Standard
Mail''; in 4.4a, replace ``second-class mail privileges'' with
``Periodicals mailing privileges''; in 4.5d, replace ``mailing
statements'' with ``postage statements.'']
D230 Additional Entry
[In 1.1, replace ``second-class'' with ``Periodicals''; in 1.1 and 1.5,
replace ``mailing statements'' with ``postage statements''; in 4.5,
replace ``second- and third-class mail'' and ``third-class mail'' with
``Periodicals and Standard Mail (A)'' and ``Standard Mail (A),''
respectively.]
[Remove D300.]
[Remove D400.]
[No change to D500.]
[Insert new D600, based on current D300 and D400, and revise as
follows:]
D600 Standard Mail
1.0 Service Objectives
The USPS does not guarantee the delivery of Standard Mail within a
specified time. Standard Mail might receive deferred service. Local
postmasters can provide more information.
2.0 Mail Deposit
2.1 Single-Piece Rates
Single-piece rate parcel post, bound printed matter, Special
Standard Mail, or Library Mail must be deposited at a time and place
specified by the mailing post office postmaster. Single-piece rate
Standard Mail (A) bearing regular adhesive stamps may be placed into
collection boxes, mailchutes, receiving boxes, or other places where
mail is accepted. Mail with meter postage must be deposited in a
location under the jurisdiction of the licensing post office, except as
permitted in D072. Mail with permit imprints must be presented at the
post office as specified in P040 or P700. Mail with precanceled stamps
must be presented at the post office as specified in P023.
2.2 Bulk Rates
Bulk rate Standard Mail must be presented at a business mail entry
unit of the post office where the postage permit or license is held and
the annual bulk mailing fee is paid. Mailings must be deposited at the
locations and times specified by the postmaster. Plant-loaded mailings
must be presented as specified by the applicable standards and the
plant load agreement. Metered bulk Standard Mail may be deposited at
other than the licensing post office only as permitted under D072.
Nonprofit Standard Mail must be deposited only at post offices where
the USPS has approved a nonprofit authorization under the relevant
standards.
2.3 Zoned Rates
Unless excepted by other standards, pieces paid at zoned rates must
be presented for acceptance at the post office from which the
applicable zoned rate postage is computed.
2.4 Separation of Mailings
Unless permitted by standard, the same mailing (as defined in M011)
may not include pieces claimed at Regular rates, Nonprofit rates, or
Enhanced Carrier Route rates; or at both automation and nonautomation
rates; or at both Nonprofit 3/5 and Nonprofit carrier route rates.
Mailings that separately qualify at Enhanced Carrier Route and Regular
rates, or mailings that separately qualify at Nonprofit rates may be
reported on the same postage statement, if all pieces from each mailing
are presented at the same time and are correctly marked and prepared
under the respective standards.
* * * * *
[No change to D900.]
E Eligibility
E000 Special Eligibility Standards
E010 Overseas Military Mail
[In 1.3, replace ``Third- or fourth-class'' with ``Standard Mail''; in
1.4, replace ``Second-[C]lass'' with ``Periodicals''; in 1.5, replace
the reference ``C400'' and ``fourth-class'' with ``C600'' and
``Standard Mail (B),'' respectively; in 3.1, replace ``second-, third-,
or fourth-class'' with ``Periodicals or Standard Mail''; in 3.3,
replace ``second-, third-, or fourth-class mail'' with ``Periodicals or
Standard Mail''; no other change in text.]
* * * * *
E040 Free Matter for the Blind and Other Handicapped Persons
[In 4.1b, replace the reference ``C400'' with ``C600.'']
* * * * *
E060 Official Mail (Penalty)
[Renumber Exhibit 13.4 as Exhibit 13.3; in 13.3, add to end of section
``See Exhibit 13.3 for format.'' In 4.3, 5.4a,
[[Page 10122]]
6.1, 13.0 (heading), 13.1, 13.2, 13.3, renumbered Exhibit 13.3, 13.5,
and 15.2b, replace ``[S]econd-[C]lass [[M]ail]'' with ``Periodicals'';
in 13.4, replace ``Exhibit 13.4'' with ``Exhibit 13.3''; remove the
last sentence in 7.3; remove 9.6 and renumber 9.7 through 9.9 as 9.6
through 9.8, respectively; in 12.1, replace ``(including Priority
Mail), single-piece third-class, and single-piece fourth-class (parcel
post, special-fourth-class, and bound printed matter)'' with
``(including Priority Mail) and single-piece rate Standard Mail
(single-piece rate Standard Mail (A), parcel post, Special Standard
Mail, and bound printed matter)''; in 12.8, replace ``Third- or fourth-
class'' with ``Standard Mail''; in 12.9, replace ``Third- and fourth-
class'' with ``Standard Mail''; in 15.2a, replace ``First-, third-, and
fourth-class'' with ``First-Class and Standard Mail''; no other change
in text.]
E070 Mixed Classes
[In 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.3, and 3.4, replace ``First- or [T]hird-[C]lass
[[M]ail]'' with ``First-Class Mail or Standard Mail (A)''; in 2.1,
replace ``second-, third-, or fourth-class'' with ``Periodicals or
Standard Mail (A) or (B)''; in 2.4, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2b, 3.5, 3.6, 4.2, and
5.0, replace ``[T]hird-[C]lass [Mail]'' with ``Standard Mail (A)''; in
3.0 (heading), 3.1, 3.2, 3.2a, 3.2c, 3.2e, and 5.0 (heading), replace
``[S]econd-[C]lass'' with ``Periodicals''; in 3.3, replace ``comparable
First- or third-class presort rate'' with ``comparable First-Class Mail
or Standard Mail (A) rate''; in 4.0 (heading), replace ``Third- or
Fourth-Class Parcels'' with ``Standard Mail Parcels''; in 4.1, replace
``with third- or fourth-class mail'' with ``in pieces of Standard
Mail''; in 4.2, 5.0,and 6.0 (heading), replace ``[F]ourth-[C]lass''
with ``Standard Mail (B)''; in 4.2, replace the reference ``E400'' with
``E600''; in 6.1, replace ``special fourth-class'' with ``Special
Standard Mail''; no other change in text.]
* * * * *
E100 First-Class Mail
[Insert text of current E110; revise as follows:]
E110 Basic Standards
1.0 Classification and Description
* * * * *
1.2 Written or Typewritten Matter
Matter wholly or partially in writing or typewriting must be mailed
as First-Class Mail or Express Mail, except authorized additions to
Periodicals or Standard Mail and written or typewritten matter in
Library Mail and Special Standard Mail, as permitted by the
corresponding standards.
* * * * *
3.0 Rates for Postal Cards and Postcards
* * * * *
3.3 Card Rates
To be eligible for the card rates, a postcard or postal card (and
each part of a double postcard or double postal card) must meet the
physical standards in C100. The reply part of a double postcard does
not have to bear postage when originally mailed, but it must bear
postage at the applicable rate when returned. Cards not meeting the
standards for card rates must be paid at the rates for matter other
than cards.
* * * * *
[Remove text of current 4.0 and 5.0; renumber 6.0 and 7.0 as 4.0 and
5.0, respectively.]
4.0 Fees
[Revise the heading and text of renumbered 4.1 as follows:]
4.1 Presort Mailing
A First-Class presort mailing fee must be paid once each 12-month
period at each office of mailing by any person or organization entering
mailings at automation or Presorted First-Class rates and/or Presorted
Priority Mail rates. Payment of one fee allows a mailer to enter mail
at all those rates. Persons or organizations paying this fee may enter
mail of their clients as well as their own mail.
* * * * *
[Revise renumbered 5.0 as follows:]
5.0 Documentation
A postage statement, completed and signed by the mailer, using the
correct USPS form or an approved facsimile, must be submitted with each
mailing except for single-piece First-Class or single-piece Priority
Mail mailings in which the correct postage is affixed to each piece.
Supporting documentation might be required by the standards for the
rate claimed or the postage payment method used.
* * * * *
[Replace text of current E131 with new E130 as follows:]
E130 Nonautomation First-Class Mail Rates
1.0 Basic Standards
1.1 All Pieces
All pieces of nonautomation First-Class Mail must:
a. Meet the basic standards for First-Class Mail in E110.
b. Weigh 11 ounces or less.
c. Bear a delivery address.
d. Meet the applicable documentation and postage payment standards
in P012, P013, and P100.
1.2 Barcodes
Any POSTNET barcode on a mailpiece in a nonautomation First-Class
mailing must be the correct barcode for the delivery address and meet
the standards in C840 and A950.
1.3 Nonstandard Surcharge
Single-piece or Presorted First-Class Mail is subject to a
nonstandard surcharge if it is not mailed at the card rate, weighs 1
ounce or less, and meets the definition of nonstandard mail in C100.
2.0 Single-Piece Rate
The single-piece card rate applies to any card meeting the
applicable standards in C100 that is not eligible for or claimed at
Presorted or automation First-Class rates. The single-piece rate
applies to any other First-Class Mail weighing 11 ounces or less that
is not eligible for or claimed at the single-piece card rate, the
Presorted First-Class rate, or an automation First-Class rate.
3.0 Presorted Rate
3.1 Letters
In addition to the standards in 1.0, all pieces in a Presorted
First-Class rate mailing must:
a. Be part of a single mailing of at least 500 pieces of Presorted
First-Class Mail, subject to 3.2.
b. Be in the same processing category and meet the applicable
physical standards in C100.
c. Bear a delivery address that includes the correct ZIP Code or
ZIP+4 code and that meets the corresponding standards for accuracy and
maintenance in 3.3 and 3.4.
d. Be marked, sorted, and documented as specified in M130.
3.2 Cards and Letters
Cards claimed at card rates must meet the physical standards for
card rates in C100. Pieces claimed at card rates and pieces claimed at
letter rates are subject to separate minimum volume criteria, but may
be combined in the same mailing and reported on the same postage
statement.
3.3 Address Quality
Effective January 1, 1997, addresses appearing on all pieces
claimed at the Presorted rate must be updated within 6 months before
the mailing date by a USPS-approved address update tool (e.g., the
``Address Correction
[[Page 10123]]
Endorsement,'' ACS, or NCOA). Additional alternatives currently under
development (such as FASTFORWARDSM) may be used to meet this
requirement when they have received final approval. Mailers must
certify that this standard has been met when the corresponding mail is
presented to the USPS. This standard applies to each address
individually, not to a specific list or mailing. An address meeting
this standard may be used in mailings at any other rate to which the
standard applies throughout the 6-month period following its most
recent update.
3.4 ZIP Code Accuracy
Effective October 1, 1996, 5-digit ZIP Codes included in addresses
appearing on pieces claimed at the Presorted rate must be verified and
corrected within 12 months before the mailing date by a USPS-approved
method. Mailers must certify that this standard has been met when the
corresponding mail is presented to the USPS. This standard applies to
each address individually, not to a specific list or mailing. An
address meeting this standard may be used in mailings at any other rate
to which the standard applies throughout the 12-month period following
its most recent update.
[Remove E132.]
[Replace text of current E142, E144, E145, E147, E148, and E149 with
new E140 as follows:]
E140 Automation First-Class Mail Rates
1.0 Basic Standards
1.1 All Pieces
All pieces in a First-Class automation rate mailing must:
a. Meet the basic standards for First-Class Mail in E110.
b. Be part of a single mailing of at least 500 pieces of automation
rate First-Class Mail, subject to 1.2.
c. Be in the same processing category and meet the applicable
physical standards in C810 or C820.
d. Bear a delivery address that includes the correct ZIP Code,
ZIP+4 code, or numeric equivalent to the delivery point barcode (DPBC).
e. Meet the address quality and coding standards in 1.3, 1.4 (if
applicable), A800, and A950.
f. Bear an accurate barcode meeting the standards in C840, either a
DPBC (if a card or letter) or a ZIP+4 barcode or DPBC (if a flat),
either on the piece or on an insert showing through a barcode window.
g. Be marked, sorted, and documented as specified in M810 or M820,
as applicable.
h. Meet the applicable documentation and postage payment standards
in P012, P013, and P100.
1.2 Cards and Letters
Cards claimed at card rates must meet the physical standards for
card rates in C100. Pieces claimed at card rates and pieces claimed at
letter rates are subject to separate minimum volume criteria, but may
be combined in the same mailing and reported on the same postage
statement.
1.3 Address Quality
Effective January 1, 1997, addresses appearing on all pieces
claimed at automation rates must be updated within 6 months before the
mailing date by a USPS-approved address update tool (e.g., the
``Address Correction Endorsement,'' ACS, or NCOA). Additional
alternatives currently under development (such as FASTFORWARD SM)
may be used to meet this requirement when they have received final
approval. Mailers must certify that this standard has been met when the
corresponding mail is presented to the USPS. This standard applies to
each address individually, not to a specific list or mailing. An
address meeting this standard may be used in mailings at any other rate
to which the standard applies throughout the 6-month period following
its most recent update.
1.4 Carrier Route Presort
Carrier route rates are available only for letter-size mail and
only for those 5-digit ZIP Code areas identified in the USPS City/State
File used for address coding. Subject to A930 and A950, mailers must
apply carrier route codes to mailings using CASS-certified software and
the current USPS Carrier Route Information System (CRIS) scheme or
another AIS product containing carrier route information. Carrier route
and City/State File information must be updated within 90 days before
the mailing date.
1.5 Enclosed Reply Cards and Envelopes
Effective January 1, 1997, all courtesy reply and business reply
mail (BRM) cards and letter-size envelopes provided as enclosures in
First-Class automation mail must meet the standards in C810 for
enclosed reply cards and envelopes. Mailers must certify that this
standard has been met when the corresponding mail is presented to the
USPS.
2.0 Rate Application
2.1 Letters or Cards
First-Class automation rates apply to each piece that is sorted
under M810 into the corresponding qualifying groups:
a. Subject to 1.4, pieces in full carrier route trays, or in
carrier route groups of 10 or more pieces each placed in 5-digit
carrier routes trays, qualify for the Carrier Route automation rate.
(Preparation to qualify for that rate is optional and need not be
performed for all carrier routes in a 5-digit area.)
b. Groups of 150 or more pieces in 5-digit trays qualify for the 5-
Digit automation rate. (Preparation to qualify for that rate is
optional and need not be performed for all 5-digit destinations.)
c. Groups of 150 or more pieces in 3-digit or 3-digit scheme trays
qualify for the 3-Digit automation rate.
d. Pieces in AADC and mixed AADC trays qualify for the Basic
automation rate.
2.2 Flats
First-Class automation rates apply to each piece that is sorted
under M820 into the corresponding qualifying groups:
a. Pieces in 5-digit or 3-digit packages of 10 or more pieces each
qualify for the 3/5 automation rate.
b. Pieces in ADC or mixed ADC packages qualify for the Basic
automation rate.
[Revise the heading of E200 as follows:]
E200 Periodicals
E210 Basic Standards
[Revise the heading of E211 as follows:]
E211 Standards Applicable to All Periodicals Publications
[Renumber current 1.1 and 1.2 as 1.2 and 1.3, respectively; in
renumbered 1.3, and in 2.1, 3.0, 4.1, 5.1, 6.1, 6.2, 7.2, 7.4, 7.5,
8.1, 8.2, 9.0, 11.1, and 12.0, replace ``second-class [mail]'' with
``Periodicals''; in 1.1, 4.1, 5.3, 7.4, 7.5, 10.2, and 13.1a, replace
``second-class mail privileges'' with ``Periodicals mailing
privileges''; in 6.1 and 9.0, replace ``First-, third-, or fourth-class
rates'' with ``First-Class or Standard Mail rates''; add new 1.1 and
revise other text as follows:]
1.0 Basic Information
1.1 Second-Class
Effective July 1, 1996, second-class mail was renamed Periodicals.
This name change does not alter the status of authorized publications;
second-class mailing privileges are now referred to as
[[Page 10124]]
Periodicals mailing privileges and have comparable eligibility
standards.
* * * * *
10.0 Identification
* * * * *
10.4 Bound Publication
In a bound publication (one secured with two or more staples,
spiral binding, glue, stitching, or other permanent fastening), the
identification statement must be shown conspicuously as described in
10.3 or on one of the last three editorial pages inside the back cover.
If the publication is mailed with a permissible nonincidental enclosure
paid with permit imprint, the identification statement must be located
as specified in 10.3.
10.5 Identification Statement Content
The identification statement must contain:
* * * * *
g. The imprint ``Periodicals Postage Paid at * * *'' or, if mailed
at two or more offices, ``Periodicals Postage Paid at * * * and at
additional mailing offices.'' A notice of pending application is shown
instead if copies are mailed while an application is pending:
``Application to Mail at Periodicals Postage Rates is Pending at * *
*.''
* * * * *
14.0 Basic Rate Eligibility
14.1 Regular Rates
Regular rates apply to all copies of an authorized Periodicals
publication mailed by a publisher or news agent, except nonrequester
and nonsubscriber copies under E215, unless the publication is
authorized a preferred rate. Mailings are also subject to the standards
that apply to rates or discounts claimed. Regular rates consist of a
per piece charge, a zoned charge for the weight of the advertising
portion of the publication, and an unzoned charge for the weight of the
nonadvertising portion. Each piece rate requires specific preparation.
14.2 Preferred Rates
Preferred rates consist of the in-county rates and the special
rates (nonprofit, classroom, and science-of-agriculture). Requester
publications are not eligible for preferred rates. Copies of authorized
Periodicals publications mailed at any preferred rate must meet the
corresponding eligibility standards. Nonsubscriber copies mailed at
preferred rates are subject to the standards in E215 and E270 and those
applicable to other rates or discounts claimed. Preferred rates consist
of a per piece charge, a zoned charge for the weight of the advertising
portion of the publication, and an unzoned charge for the weight of the
nonadvertising portion, except that in-county rates apply without
differentiation to the advertising and nonadvertising portions. Each
piece rate requires specific preparation.
14.3 Discounts and Adjustments
Postage for Periodicals publications is reduced by all applicable
discounts and adjustments:
a. The nonadvertising adjustment applies to the outside-county
piece rate charges for Regular and Preferred Periodicals publications
and is computed as described in P013.
b. Presort discounts are available for Regular and Preferred
Periodicals, subject to E230.
c. Automation discounts are available for Regular and Preferred
Periodicals, subject to E240.
d. Destination entry discounts are available for copies of a
Periodicals publication entered by the publisher at specific USPS
facilities, subject to E250.
14.4 Copies Mailed by Public
The applicable single-piece First-Class or Standard Mail rate is
charged on copies of publications mailed by the general public (i.e.,
other than publishers or registered news agents) and on copies returned
to publishers or news agents.
E212 Additional Standards for Qualification Categories
[In 1.1, 5.1, 5.3, 6.1, and 6.2, replace ``second-class [mail]'' with
``Periodicals''; in 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 5.1, and 5.3, replace
``second-class [mail] privileges'' with ``Periodicals mailing
privileges''; in 6.5, replace ``third- or fourth-class rates'' with
``Standard Mail rates.'']
[Revise the heading of E213 as follows:]
E213 Periodicals Mailing Privileges
[In 1.6b, 2.1, 3.5, and 3.6f, replace ``second-class [mail]'' with
``Periodicals''; in 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.9, 2.1, 3.1, 3.4, 3.5,
4.0 (heading), 4.1, 4.2, and 4.3, replace ``[S]econd-[C]lass [[M]ail]
[P]rivileges'' with ``Periodicals [M]ailing [P]rivileges''; in 2.1,
replace ``First-, third-, or fourth-class rates'' with ``First-Class or
Standard Mail rates''; in 2.2, replace ``third- or fourth-class rates''
with ``Standard Mail rates''; in 3.7 and 4.3, replace ``under 39 CFR
954, Rules of Practice in Proceedings Relative to the Denial,
Suspension, or Revocation of Second-Class Mail Privileges, a copy of
which'' with ``under 39 CFR 954, a copy of which''; no other change.]
E214 Reentry
[In 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.2, 3.1, 3.3, 3.6, and 3.10, replace ``second-
class'' with ``Periodicals.'' In 2.1, replace ``second-class mail
privileges'' with ``Periodicals mailing privileges.'' In 3.10, replace
``third- or fourth-class postage'' with ``Standard Mail postage''; in
3.12, replace ``under 39 CFR 954, Rules of Practice in Proceedings
Relative to the Denial, Suspension, or Revocation of Second-Class Mail
Privileges, a copy of which'' with ``under 39 CFR 954, a copy of
which''; no other change.]
* * * * *
3.0 Applications for Reentry
* * * * *
3.9 During Appeal
During the appeal:
a. Copies of any issue of a publication denied reentry under 1.0
and found unqualified for Periodicals mailing privileges are accepted
in a pending status at the applicable Standard Mail rates. For this
standard, the pending status begins when the appeal is filed and
continues until the end of the appeal process.
b. Copies of a publication denied reentry under 2.0 are accepted at
the currently applicable Periodicals rate.
c. The publisher must submit the applicable Periodicals and
Standard Mail postage statements with each mailing of the publication
in a pending status. Failure to submit these statements is sufficient
grounds to deny a postage refund under 3.12.
* * * * *
E215 Copies Not Paid or Requested by Addressee
[In 1.8, 2.1, 2.2, 2.6, and 2.7, replace ``second-class'' with
``Periodicals''; in 1.6, replace ``second-class privileges'' with
``Periodicals mailing privileges''; in 2.6, replace ``Express Mail, or
First-, third-, or fourth-class rates, as appropriate'' with ``the
appropriate Express Mail, First-Class Mail, or Standard Mail rate'' and
``third- or fourth-class rates'' with ``Standard Mail rates''; in 2.7,
replace ``Express Mail, or First-, third-, or fourth-class rate'' with
``Express Mail, First-Class Mail, or Standard Mail rate.'']
E216 Publisher Records
[Redesignate and revise text of current E216.3.0 as M210; renumber
current E216.4.0 and E216.5.0 as E216.3.0 and E216.4.0, respectively;
in renumbered 3.1, 3.4, 4.1, and 4.2, replace ``second-class'' with
``Periodicals''; in 1.1, 2.2,
[[Page 10125]]
and renumbered 3.2 and 3.3, replace ``second-class mail privileges''
with ``Periodicals mailing privileges.'']
E217 Authorization for Preferred Rates
[In 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.4, 3.5c, and 3.5g, replace ``second-class'' with
``Periodicals''; in 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, replace ``second-class [mail]
privileges'' with ``Periodicals mailing privileges''; in 2.1, replace
``First-, third-, or fourth-class rates'' with ``First-Class or
Standard Mail rates''; in 2.2, replace ``third- or fourth-class
postage'' with ``Standard Mail postage''; in 3.4, replace ``third- or
fourth-class rates'' with ``Standard Mail rates.'']
[Replace text of current 230 with new E231 and E239 as follows:]
E230 Nonautomation Periodicals
[Remove E230.1.0 through E230.6.0; insert new E231 as follows:]
E231 Nonautomation Regular Periodicals
1.0 General Information
1.1 Standards
The standards for presort rates are in addition to the basic
standards for Periodicals in E210, the standards for other rates or
discounts claimed, and the applicable preparation standards in M210,
M810, or M820. Not all combinations of presort level, automation, and
destination entry discounts are permitted.
1.2 Palletized Mail
A correctly prepared package is the equivalent of a sack when
palletized under M045. Individual pieces qualify for the presort level
rate appropriate for the palletized package in which they are placed,
regardless of the destination of the pallet. Eligibility for
destination entry or other zoned rates depends on the point of entry.
1.3 ZIP Code Accuracy
Effective October 1, 1996, 5-digit ZIP Codes included in addresses
appearing on pieces claimed at the 3/5 or Basic rates must be verified
and corrected within 12 months before the mailing date by a USPS-
approved method. Mailers must certify that this standard has been met
when the corresponding mail is presented to the USPS. This standard
applies to each address individually, not to a specific list or
mailing. An address meeting this standard may be used in mailings at
any other rate to which the standard applies throughout the 12-month
period following its most recent update.
2.0 Carrier Route Rates
2.1 Carrier Route Information
Subject to A930 and A950, mailers must apply carrier route codes to
mailings using CASS-certified software and the current USPS Carrier
Route Information System (CRIS) scheme or another AIS product
containing carrier route information. Carrier route information must be
updated within 90 days before the mailing date.
2.2 Eligibility
Preparation to qualify eligible pieces for carrier route rates is
optional and is subject to M210. Carrier route sort need not be
performed for all carrier routes in a 5-digit area. Specific rate
eligibility is subject to these standards:
a. The basic carrier route rate applies to pieces in carrier route
packages of six or more pieces each that are sorted to carrier route or
carrier routes trays (letter-size pieces) or sacks (flat-size pieces).
b. The high density and saturation rates apply to pieces that are
eligible for the basic carrier route rate, are prepared in carrier walk
sequence, and meet the applicable density standards in 5.0 for the rate
claimed.
3.0 3/5 Rates
Subject to M210, 3/5 rates apply to:
a. Letter-size pieces in 5-digit or unique 3-digit packages of six
or more pieces each, either placed in 5-digit or unique 3-digit trays
containing at least 24 pieces or in an overflow unique 3-digit tray.
b. Flat-size pieces in 5-digit or unique 3-digit packages of six or
more pieces each, either placed in 5-digit or unique 3-digit sacks or
palletized under M045.
4.0 Basic Rates
Basic rates apply to pieces prepared under M210 but not eligible
for or claimed at either the carrier route or 3/5 rates.
5.0 Walk-Sequence Discounts--Regular Periodicals
[Insert text of current E230.7.0 and E230.8.0; redesignate and renumber
as E231.5.0 and E231.6.0, respectively; in renumbered 5.4b and 5.4d,
replace ``125-piece walk-sequence rate'' with ``high density/125-piece
walk-sequence rate''; in renumbered 5.4b, replace the reference
``7.4d'' with ``5.4d'' and the reference ``7.4c'' with ``5.4c''; in
renumbered 5.4d, replace the reference ``7.4b'' with ``5.4b''; in
renumbered 6.1 and 6.2, replace ``second-class'' with ``Periodicals'';
revise other text as follows:]
5.1 Eligibility
The 125-piece or saturation walk-sequence rates apply to each walk-
sequenced piece in a carrier route mailing, eligible under 2.2 and
prepared under M210, that also meets the corresponding addressing and
density standards in 5.4.
* * * * *
E239 Nonautomation Preferred Periodicals
1.0 General Information
1.1 Standards
The standards for presort rates are in addition to the basic
standards for Periodicals in E210, the standards for other rates or
discounts claimed, and the applicable preparation standards in M290 or
M890. Not all combinations of presort level, automation, and
destination entry discounts are permitted.
1.2 Optional Preparation
At the mailer's option, Preferred Periodicals may be prepared under
the standards for Regular Periodicals in M210, including presort. Under
this option, Preferred Periodicals may claim Level I/K, Level H, or
Level G/J rates, and may be combined (comailed) with Regular
Periodicals in the same mailing, if all corresponding eligibility
standards in E231 for Carrier Route, 3/5, and Basic are met. Presort
rate eligibility for the mailing is based on the combined pieces.
1.3 Palletized Mail
A correctly prepared package is the equivalent of a sack when
palletized under M045. Individual pieces qualify for the presort level
rate appropriate for the palletized package in which they are placed,
regardless of the destination of the pallet. Eligibility for
destination entry or other zoned rates depends on the point of entry.
1.4 Reporting Presort Level
Publishers must separately report copies at Levels H3 and H5, and
Levels J1, J3, and J5, only when claiming a ZIP+4 or ZIP+4 Barcoded
rate.
2.0 Carrier Route (Level I/K) Rates
2.1 Rate Application
Level I/K rates apply as follows:
a. Level I1 or K1 rates apply to pieces in carrier route packages
of six or more pieces each that are sorted to carrier route or carrier
routes trays or sacks.
b. Level I2 or K2 rates apply to pieces eligible for the Level I1
or K1 rates that are further prepared in carrier delivery walk sequence
and in the density
[[Page 10126]]
necessary to meet the additional standards in 6.0 for the 125-piece
walk-sequence rate.
c. Level I3 or K3 rates apply to pieces eligible for the Level I1
or K1 rates that are further prepared in carrier delivery walk sequence
and in the density necessary to meet the additional standards in 6.0
for the saturation walk-sequence rate.
2.2 Carrier Route Information
Mailers must apply carrier route codes to mailings by using the
current USPS Carrier Route Information System (CRIS) scheme or another
AIS product containing carrier route information (see A930). Carrier
route information must be updated within 90 days before the mailing
date.
3.0 3- and 5-Digit (Level H) Rates
3.1 H Rates
Level H rates apply to pieces in 5-digit, optional city, and unique
3-digit packages of six or more pieces each that are sorted to 5-digit,
optional city, or unique 3-digit sacks.
3.2 H5 Rates
Level H5 rates apply:
a. In tray-based automation rate letter-size mailings, to pieces in
5-digit trays.
b. In package-based automation rate letter-size mailings, to pieces
in 5-digit packages of 10 or more pieces each placed in 5-digit,
optional city, 3-digit, SCF, or AADC trays.
c. In ZIP+4 Barcoded rate flat-size mailings, to pieces in 5-digit
packages of six or more pieces each placed in 5-digit, optional city,
3-digit, SCF, or ADC sacks or palletized under M045.
d. In other mailings, to pieces in 5-digit packages of six or more
pieces each placed in 5-digit, optional city, or unique 3-digit sacks.
3.3 H3 Rates
Level H3 rates apply:
a. In tray-based automation rate letter-size mailings, to pieces in
optional city and unique 3-digit trays.
b. In package-based automation rate letter-size mailings, to pieces
in optional city and unique 3-digit packages of 50 or more pieces each
placed in optional city, 3-digit, SCF, or AADC trays.
c. In ZIP+4 Barcoded rate flat-size mailings, to pieces in optional
city and unique 3-digit packages of six or more pieces each placed in
optional city, 3-digit, SCF, or ADC sacks or palletized under M045.
d. In other mailings, to pieces in optional city or unique 3-digit
packages of six or more pieces each placed in optional city or unique
3-digit sacks.
4.0 Basic (Level G) Rates
Level G rates apply to pieces not eligible for or claimed at the
rates in 2.0 or 3.0.
5.0 In-County (Level J) Rates
[Insert text of current E230.5.0 and redesignate as E239.5.0; in 5.2c
and 5.3c, replace ``SDC'' with ``ADC.'']
6.0 Walk-Sequence Discounts
[Insert text of current E230.7.0 and redesignate and renumber as
E239.6.0; in renumbered 6.1, replace the references ``M203 and M204''
and ``7.4'' with ``M290'' and ``6.4,'' respectively; in renumbered 6.4b
and 6.4d, replace ``125-piece walk-sequence rate'' with ``high density/
125-piece walk-sequence rate''; in renumbered 6.4b, replace the
reference ``7.4d'' with ``6.4d''; in renumbered 6.4d, replace the
reference ``7.4b'' with ``6.4b''; no other change to text.]
E240 Automation Periodicals Rates
[Insert new E241 as follows:]
E241 Automation Regular Periodicals
1.0 BASIC STANDARDS
1.1 All Pieces
All pieces in a automation Regular Periodicals mailing must:
a. Meet the basic standards for Periodicals and for the category of
authorization in E211 and E212, respectively.
b. Be in the same processing category and meet the applicable
physical standards in C810 or C820. (Automation rate mailings may not
include firm packages.)
c. Bear a delivery address that includes the correct ZIP Code or
ZIP+4 code (or, only if prepared with a delivery point barcode (DPBC),
the numeric equivalent to the DPBC).
d. Meet the address quality and coding standards of A800 and A950.
e. Be sorted and documented as specified in M810 or M820, as
applicable.
f. Meet the applicable documentation and postage payment standards
in P012, P013, and P200.
g. Bear an accurate barcode meeting the standards in C840, either a
DPBC (if a letter) or a ZIP+4 barcode or DPBC (if a flat), either on
the piece or on an insert showing through a barcode window.
1.2 Enclosed Reply Cards and Envelopes
Effective January 1, 1997, all courtesy reply and business reply
mail (BRM) cards and letter-size envelopes provided as enclosures in
automation rate Regular Periodicals must meet the standards in C810 for
enclosed cards and envelopes. Mailers must certify that this standard
has been met when the corresponding mail is presented to the USPS.
2.0 Rate Application
2.1 Letters
Automation rates apply to each letter-size piece that is sorted
under M810 into the corresponding qualifying groups:
a. Groups of 150 or more pieces in 5-digit or unique 3-digit trays
qualify for the 3/5 automation rate. Pieces for unique 3-digit
destinations do not qualify for the 3/5 automation rate if placed in 3-
digit scheme trays with pieces for nonunique 3-digit destinations.
b. Groups of 150 or more pieces in other 3-digit, 3-digit scheme,
AADC, or mixed AADC trays qualify for the Basic automation rate.
2.2 Flats
Automation rates apply to each flat-size piece that is sorted under
M820 into the corresponding qualifying groups:
a. Pieces in 5-digit or unique 3-digit packages of 6 or more pieces
each qualify for the 3/5 automation rate.
b. Pieces in other 3-digit, ADC, or mixed ADC packages qualify for
the Basic automation rate.
E249 Automation Preferred Periodicals
[Insert text of current E242, E244, and E245 and redesignate and
renumber as E249.1.0, E249.2.0, and E249.3.0, respectively, with
subsections redesignated accordingly; no change in text except to
replace ``second-class [mail]'' with ``Periodicals.'']
1.0 Zip+4 Discounts
1.1 All Pieces
All pieces in a Preferred Periodicals ZIP+4 rate mailing must:
a. Meet the basic standards for Periodicals and for the category of
authorization in E211 and E212, respectively.
b. Meet the physical standards in C810.
c. Bear a delivery address that includes the correct ZIP Code or
ZIP+4 code (or, only if prepared with a delivery point barcode (DPBC),
the numeric equivalent to the DPBC).
d. Meet the address quality and coding standards of A800 and A950.
e. Meet the standards in C830 or, for pieces with the correct DPBC,
the barcode standards in C840.
f. Be sorted and documented as specified in M891 or M892.
[[Page 10127]]
g. Meet the postage payment standards in P013 and P200.
1.2 Rate Application
ZIP+4 rates apply to each piece that also:
a. Is sorted under M810 into the qualifying groups described in 1.7
and 1.8.
b. Bears a delivery address with the correct numeric ZIP+4 code or
bears the correct DPBC.
1.3 Barcode Window
A mailpiece meeting the standards in 1.1 and 1.2, but with a
barcode window in the lower right corner, is ineligible for any
automation rate unless the correct DPBC appears through that window.
1.4 5-Digit Barcodes
ZIP+4 rate mailings may include pieces with correct 5-digit
barcodes if those pieces meet the standards in 1.1 and 1.2 and the
standards for 5-digit barcodes in C840. Such pieces qualify for ZIP+4
rates only if the barcode is printed on the piece and the address
contains the correct numeric ZIP+4 code.
1.5 ZIP+4 Barcodes
ZIP+4 rate mailings may include pieces with correct ZIP+4 barcodes
if the barcode is located in the address block and those pieces meet
the standards in 1.1 and 1.2 and the standards for ZIP+4 barcodes in
C840. Such pieces qualify for ZIP+4 rates only if, additionally, the
address contains the correct numeric ZIP+4 code. Pieces that bear a
ZIP+4 barcode in the lower right corner may not be included in a ZIP+4
rate mailing.
1.6 85% Rule
At least 85% of all pieces in a ZIP+4 rate mailing (regardless of
presort level or rate) must bear the correct numeric ZIP+4 code or DPBC
for the delivery address, as defined by the standards for address
quality and coding accuracy in A800 and A950. The 85% requirement
applies to each mailing unless excepted by other standards.
1.7 Qualifying Tray-Based Presort
In tray-based mailings under M891:
a. In full or overflow 5-digit trays, ZIP+4 coded or DPBC pieces
qualify for the Level H5/J5 ZIP+4 rates; other pieces qualify for the
Level H5/J5 rates.
b. In full or overflow optional city and unique 3-digit trays,
ZIP+4 coded or DPBC pieces qualify for the Level H3/J3 ZIP+4 rates;
other pieces qualify for the Level H3/J3 rates.
c. In full or overflow nonunique 3-digit and SCF trays, ZIP+4 coded
or DPBC pieces qualify for the Level G/J1 ZIP+4 rates; other pieces
qualify for the Level G/J1 rates. One less-than-full SCF tray is
permitted for the SCF serving the post office where the mailing is
entered.
d. In AADC, mixed AADC, and working trays, ZIP+4 coded or DPBC
pieces qualify for the Level G/J1 ZIP+4 rates; other pieces qualify for
the Level G/J1 rates.
1.8 Qualifying Package-Based Presort
In package-based mailings under M892:
a. In 5-digit packages of 10 or more pieces each, ZIP+4 coded or
DPBC pieces qualify for the Level H5/J5 ZIP+4 rates; other pieces
qualify for the Level H5/J5 rates.
b. In optional city and unique 3-digit packages of 50 or more
pieces each, ZIP+4 coded or DPBC pieces qualify for the Level H3/J3
ZIP+4 rates; other pieces qualify for the Level H3/J3 rates.
c. In nonunique 3-digit packages of 50 or more pieces each, ZIP+4
coded or DPBC pieces qualify for the Level G/J1 ZIP+4 rates; other
pieces qualify for the Level G/J1 rates.
d. In the residual portion of the mailing, ZIP+4 coded or DPBC
pieces qualify for the Level G/J1 ZIP+4 rates; other pieces qualify for
the Level G/J1 rates.
2.0 Barcoded Discounts (Letter-Size Pieces)
2.1 All Pieces
All pieces in a Barcoded rate letter-size mailing must:
a. Meet the basic standards for Periodicals and for the category of
authorization in E211 and E212, respectively.
b. Meet the physical standards in C810.
c. Bear a delivery address that includes the correct ZIP Code or
ZIP+4 code (or, only if prepared with a delivery point barcode (DPBC),
the numeric equivalent to the DPBC).
d. Meet the address quality and coding standards of A800 and A950.
e. Either bear the correct DPBC meeting the barcode standards in
C840 or meet the applicable standards in 2.5.
f. Be sorted and documented as specified in M893, M894, or M895.
g. Meet the postage payment standards in P013 and P200.
2.2 Rate Application
Barcoded rates apply to each piece that also:
a. Is sorted under M893, M894, or M895 into the qualifying groups
described in 2.8, 2.9, and 2.10.
b. Bears the correct DPBC that meets the barcode standards in C840.
c. Meets the applicable standards in 2.4 through 2.7.
2.3 Optional Preparation
At the mailer's option, barcoded Preferred Periodicals may be
prepared under the standards for Regular Periodicals in M810, including
presort. Under this option, Preferred Periodicals may claim Level H or
Level G/J rates and may be combined (comailed) with Regular Periodicals
in the same mailing, if all corresponding eligibility standards in E231
and E241 for 3/5 and Basic rate are met. Presort rate eligibility for
the mailing is based on the combined pieces.
2.4 Barcode Window
A mailpiece with a barcode window in the lower right corner is
ineligible for an automation rate unless the correct DPBC appears
through that window.
2.5 Pieces Without DPBCs
Subject to 1.5 and 1.6, Barcoded rate mailings may include
nonbarcoded, 5-digit barcoded, or ZIP+4 barcoded pieces if each such
piece (regardless of rate) meets the standards in 2.1, has a barcode
clear zone in the lower right corner meeting the reflectance standards
in C840 and, if applicable, meets the applicable 5-digit or ZIP+4
barcode standards in C840. Additionally, to qualify for a ZIP+4 rate,
subject to 2.8, 2.9, and 2.10:
a. Nonbarcoded and 5-digit barcoded pieces must bear an address
with the correct ZIP+4 code, meet the standards in C830, and not have a
window in the lower right corner.
b. ZIP+4 barcoded pieces must have the barcode in the address
block, meet the standards in C830, bear an address with the correct
ZIP+4 code, and not have a window in the lower right corner.
2.6 85% Rule
Subject to 2.7, at least 85% of all pieces in a Barcoded rate
mailing (regardless of presort level or rate) must bear the correct
DPBC for the delivery address, as defined by the standards for address
quality and coding accuracy in A800 and A950. The 85% requirement
applies to each mailing unless excepted by other standards.
2.7 100% Barcoding
Each piece must bear the correct delivery point barcode:
a. In 5-digit trays in a tray-based mailing under M893.
b. In 5-digit packages in a package-based mailing under M894 or
M895.
c. In any mailing containing heavy letters (as defined in C810).
[[Page 10128]]
2.8 Qualifying Tray-Based Presort
In tray-based mailings under M893:
a. Pieces in full or overflow 5-digit trays qualify for the Level
H5/J5 Barcoded rates.
b. In full or overflow optional city and unique 3-digit trays, DPBC
pieces qualify for the Level H3/J3 Barcoded rates; subject to 2.5,
ZIP+4 coded non-DPBC pieces qualify for the Level H3/J3 ZIP+4 rate;
other pieces qualify for the Level H3/J3 rates.
c. In full or overflow nonunique 3-digit and SCF trays, DPBC pieces
qualify for the Level G/J1 Barcoded rates; subject to 2.5, ZIP+4 coded
non-DPBC pieces qualify for the Level G/J1 ZIP+4 rates; other pieces
qualify for the Level G/J1 rates. One less-than-full SCF tray is
permitted for the SCF serving the post office where the mailing is
entered.
d. In AADC, mixed AADC, and working trays, DPBC pieces qualify for
the Level G/J1 Barcoded rates; subject to 2.5, ZIP+4 coded non-DPBC
pieces qualify for the Level G/J1 ZIP+4 rates; other pieces qualify for
the Level G/J1 rates.
2.9 Qualifying Two-Tier Package-Based Presort
In two-tier package-based mailings under M894:
a. Pieces in 5-digit packages of 10 or more pieces each qualify for
the Level H5/J5 Barcoded rates.
b. In optional city and unique 3-digit packages of 50 or more
pieces each, DPBC pieces qualify for the Level H3/J3 Barcoded rates;
subject to 2.5, ZIP+4 coded non-DPBC pieces qualify for the Level H3/J3
ZIP+4 rates; other pieces qualify for the Level H3/J3 rates.
c. In nonunique 3-digit packages of 50 or more pieces each, DPBC
pieces qualify for the Level G/J1 Barcoded rates; subject to 2.5, ZIP+4
coded non-DPBC pieces qualify for the Level G/J1 ZIP+4 rates; other
pieces qualify for the Level G/J1 rates.
d. In residual trays, DPBC pieces qualify for the Level G/J1
Barcoded rates; subject to 2.5, ZIP+4 coded non-DPBC pieces qualify for
the Level G/J1 ZIP+4 rates; other pieces qualify for the Level G/J1
rates.
2.10 Qualifying Three-Tier Package-Based Presort
In three-tier package-based mailings under M895:
a. Pieces in 5-digit packages of 10 or more pieces each in the 5-
digit tier qualify for the Level H5/J5 Barcoded rates.
b. In optional city and unique 3-digit packages of 50 or more
pieces each in the 3-digit tier, DPBC pieces qualify for the Level H3/
J3 Barcoded rates; subject to 2.5, ZIP+4 coded non-DPBC pieces qualify
for the Level H3/J3 ZIP+4 rates; other pieces qualify for the Level H3/
J3 rates.
c. In nonunique 3-digit packages of 50 or more pieces each in the
3-digit tier, DPBC pieces qualify for the Level G/J1 Barcoded rates;
subject to 2.5, ZIP+4 coded non-DPBC pieces qualify for the Level G/J1
ZIP+4 rates; other pieces qualify for the Level G/J1 rates.
d. In the residual tier, DPBC pieces qualify for the Level G/J1
Barcoded rates; subject to 2.5, ZIP+4 coded non-DPBC pieces qualify for
the Level G/J1 ZIP+4 rates; other pieces qualify for the Level G/J1
rates.
3.0 Barcoded Discounts (Flat-Size Pieces)
3.1 All Pieces
All pieces in a Barcoded rate flat-size mailing must:
a. Meet the basic standards for Periodicals and for the category of
authorization in E211 and E212, respectively.
b. Meet the physical standards in C820.
c. Bear a delivery address that includes the correct ZIP Code or
ZIP+4 code.
d. Meet the address quality and coding standards of A800 and A950.
e. Bear the correct 5-digit barcode, ZIP+4 barcode, or DPBC,
meeting the barcode standards in C840, except for pieces in specific
portions of mailings prepared under M897.
f. Be sorted and documented as specified in M897.
g. Meet the postage payment standards in P013 and P200.
3.2 Rate Application
Barcoded rates apply to each piece that also:
a. Is sorted under M897 into the qualifying groups described in
3.6.
b. Bears the correct ZIP+4 barcode or DPBC.
c. Meets the applicable standards in 3.3 through 3.5.
3.3 Optional Preparation
At the mailer's option, barcoded Preferred Periodicals may be
prepared under the standards for Regular Periodicals in M820, including
presort. Under this option, Preferred Periodicals may claim Level H or
Level G/J rates and may be combined (comailed) with Regular Periodicals
in the same mailing, if all corresponding eligibility standards in E231
and E241 for 3/5 and Basic rates are met. Presort rate eligibility for
the mailing is based on the combined pieces.
3.4 5-Digit Barcodes
Barcoded rate mailings may include pieces with correct 5-digit
barcodes if those pieces meet the standards in 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.5
and the standards for 5-digit barcodes in C840. Pieces with a 5-digit
barcode could be eligible for a presort rate under 3.6.
3.5 85% Rule
At least 85% of all pieces in a Barcoded rate mailing (regardless
of presort level or rate) must bear the correct ZIP+4 barcode or DPBC
for the delivery address, as defined by the standards for address
quality and coding accuracy in A800 and A950. The 85% requirement
applies to each mailing unless excepted by other standards. Barcoded
rate mailings not meeting the 85% rule must be prepared under
corresponding standards in M897.
3.6 Qualifying Presort
Barcoded and presort rates apply as follows:
a. In 5-digit packages of six or more pieces each, ZIP+4 barcoded
or DPBC pieces qualify for the Level H5/J5 Barcoded rates; 5-digit
barcoded pieces (and nonbarcoded pieces where permitted) qualify for
the Level H5/J5 rates.
b. In optional city or unique 3-digit packages of six or more
pieces each, ZIP+4 barcoded or DPBC pieces qualify for the Level H3/J3
Barcoded rates; 5-digit barcoded pieces qualify for the Level H3/J3
rates.
c. In nonunique 3-digit and SCF packages, or in 5-digit, optional
city, or unique 3-digit packages of fewer than six pieces, or in
residual packages, ZIP+4 barcoded or DPBC pieces qualify for the Level
G/J1 Barcoded rates; 5-digit barcoded pieces qualify for the Level G/J1
rates.
[Revise E250 as follows:]
E250 Destination Entry
1.0 DSCF
1.1 Eligibility
Copies not eligible for in-county rates qualify for the destination
SCF (DSCF) rates if the copies are addressed for delivery in the same
SCF service area as the entry post office, regardless of the type of
package, pallet, sack, or tray in which they are prepared.
1.2 Rates
DSCF rates include a pound rate and a discount per piece. Pieces
claimed at DSCF rates must also meet the standards for any discount or
rate claimed and postage payment method used.
[[Page 10129]]
1.3 Authorized Entry
Publications must have an authorized entry at each post office
where mail is entered at DSCF rates. Only copies entered according to
the distribution plan authorized for that entry may be claimed at these
rates. DSCF rate mail must be deposited at locations and times
specified by the entry office postmaster.
1.4 Documentation
Subject to P012, the publisher must be able to show compliance with
1.1 through 1.3, e.g., by package, bundle, sack, tray, or pallet
destination (as appropriate), and the number of pieces by presort level
for each 5-digit ZIP Code destination eligible for DSCF rates.
2.0 DDU
2.1 Eligibility
The destination delivery unit (DDU) rate applies to pieces entered
at the facility where the carrier cases mail for the carrier route
serving the delivery address on the mailpiece. Copies claimed at DDU
rates must be part of a carrier route package placed in a carrier route
or 5-digit carrier routes sack or tray under M210, or palletized under
M045, and otherwise eligible for and claimed at a carrier route or
Level I or K rate. Except for the standards applicable to preparing
carrier route or walk-sequence rate mail, there is no additional
minimum volume required for a DDU rate mailing.
2.2 Rates
DDU rates include a pound rate and a discount per piece. Pieces
claimed at DDU rates must also meet the standards for any discount or
rate claimed and postage payment method used. A mailing may contain
copies claimed at DDU rates and other copies claimed at other rates if
permitted by standard. No separation by rate is required.
2.3 Maximum Volume
Except under 2.4, the same mailer may not present for verification
and acceptance more than four DDU rate mailings at the same destination
postal facility (or another acting as its agent) in any 24-hour period.
This limit may be waived if local conditions permit. A mailer may ask
for such a waiver when scheduling deposit of the mailings. There is no
maximum for plant-verified drop shipments. This standard does not apply
to mailings presented to either the publication's authorized original
entry post office or an authorized additional entry serving the place
where the copies were prepared for mailing, if that entry post office
is the destination postal facility at which the DDU rate copies must be
deposited.
2.4 Authorized Entry
Publications must have an authorized entry at each post office
where mail is entered at DDU rates. Only copies entered according to
the distribution plan authorized for that entry may be claimed at these
rates. DDU rate mail must be deposited at locations and times specified
by the entry office postmaster.
2.5 Scheduling
Mailers may schedule deposit of DDU rate mailings at least 24 hours
in advance by contacting the district office in whose service area the
destination facility is located. Mailers must follow the scheduled
deposit time provided. Mailers may request standing appointments for
renewable 6-month periods by written application to the district office
in whose service area the destination facility is located. Mixed loads
of Periodicals and Standard Mail require advance appointments for
deposit.
2.6 Documentation
Subject to P012, the publisher must be able to show compliance with
2.1 through 2.5. If a carrier route or walk-sequence rate is claimed,
the publisher must provide the documentation required by the
corresponding standards.
E270 Preferred Rates
[In 1.1, 1.2c, 2.1, 5.1, 6.1, and 6.2, replace ``second-class'' with
``Periodicals''; in 1.3, replace ``second-class mailing privileges''
with ``Periodicals mailing privileges.'']
[Revise the heading of 1.0 as follows:]
1.0 In-County
* * * * *
1.6 DDU Rate
Subject to E250, the DDU piece rate applies to each piece claimed
in the pound rate portion at the DDU rate.
[Revise the heading of 2.0 as follows:]
2.0 Nonprofit--Basic Information
* * * * *
2.4 Destination Entry Rates
Subject to E250, the DDU or DSCF piece rate applies to each piece
claimed in the pound rate portion at the corresponding rate.
[Remove current 2.5.]
[Revise the heading of 3.0 as follows:]
3.0 Nonprofit--Publications of Qualified Nonprofit Organizations
* * * * *
[Revise the heading of 4.0 as follows:]
4.0 Nonprofit--Publications of Other Qualified Organizations
* * * * *
[Revise the heading of 5.0 as follows:]
5.0 Classroom
* * * * *
5.5 Destination Entry Rates
Subject to E250, the DDU or DSCF piece rate applies to each piece
claimed in the pound rate portion at the corresponding rate.
[Remove current 5.6.]
[Revise the heading of 6.0 as follows:]
6.0 Science-of-Agriculture
* * * * *
6.5 Destination Entry Rates
Subject to E250, the DDU or DSCF piece rate applies to each piece
claimed in the pound rate portion at the corresponding rate.
[Remove current 6.6.]
[Remove current E300 and E400; no change to E500.]
* * * * *
[Insert new E600 as follows:]
E600 Standard Mail
E610 Basic Standards
[Insert new E611, based on current E311 and E411, as follows:]
E611 Standards Applicable to All Standard Mail
1.0 General Information
1.1 Definition
Standard Mail consists of mailable matter that is neither mailed or
required to be mailed as First-Class Mail nor entered as Periodicals
mail (unless permitted or required by standard). Standard Mail includes
matter formerly classified as third-class mail and as fourth-class
mail. Though combined in Standard Mail, matter from each former class
is subject to separate and specific classification, eligibility, and
preparation standards. Matter formerly classified as third-class mail
is referred to as Standard Mail (A); matter formerly classified as
fourth-class mail is referred to as Standard Mail (B). The unmodified
term Standard Mail applies to both former third-class and former
fourth-class matter.
1.2 Not Sealed
Standard Mail is not sealed against postal inspection. Regardless
of physical
[[Page 10130]]
closure, the mailing of articles at Standard Mail rates is consent by
the mailer to postal inspection of the contents.
1.3 Written Additions
Markings that have the character of personal correspondence
require, with certain exceptions, additional postage at the First-Class
rates. The following written additions and enclosures do not require
additional First-Class postage and may be placed on the wrapper, on a
tag or label attached to the outside of a parcel, or inside a parcel
(either loose or attached to an article):
a. The sender's and the addressee's names, occupations, and
addresses, preceded by ``From'' or ``To,'' and directions for handling.
b. Marks, numbers, names, or letters describing the contents.
c. Words or phrases such as ``Do Not Open Until Christmas,''
``Happy Birthday, Mother,'' etc.
d. Instructions and directions for the use of the item mailed.
e. A manuscript dedication or inscription not having the nature of
personal correspondence.
f. Marks to call attention to words or passages in the text.
g. Corrections of typographical errors in printed matter.
h. Manuscripts accompanying related proof sheets and corrections of
proof sheets including corrections of typographical and other errors,
changes in the text, insertions of new text, marginal instructions to
the printer, and corrective rewrites of parts.
i. Handstamped imprints, unless the added material is in itself
personal or converts the original matter to a personal communication.
j. Matter mailable separately as Standard Mail (A) printed on the
wrapper, envelope, tag, or label.
1.4 Invoice
An invoice, whether or not it also serves as a bill, may be
enclosed or placed in an envelope (marked ``Invoice Enclosed'')
attached to the outside of a Standard Mail mailpiece if the invoice
relates solely to the matter with which it is mailed. The invoice may
show this information:
a. Names and addresses of the sender and addressee.
b. Names and quantities of the articles enclosed, descriptions of
each (e.g., price, tax, style, stock number, size, and quality, and, if
defective, nature of defects).
c. Order or file number, date of order, date and manner of
shipment, shipping weight, postage paid, and initials or name of packer
or checker.
1.5 Incidental First-Class Attachments and Enclosures
Incidental First-Class matter may be enclosed in or attached to
Standard Mail (A) merchandise (including books but excluding
merchandise samples) or any Standard Mail (B) mailpiece without payment
of First-Class postage. An incidental First-Class attachment or
enclosure must be matter that, if mailed separately, would require
First-Class postage, is closely associated with but secondary to the
host piece, and is prepared not to encumber postal processing. An
incidental First-Class attachment or enclosure may be a bill for the
product or publication, a statement of account for past products or
publications, or a personal message or greeting included with a
product, publication, or parcel. Postage at the Standard Mail rate
applicable to the host piece is based on the combined weight of the
host piece and the incidental First-Class attachment or enclosure.
1.6 Address Correction
The fee for manual or automated address correction service is
charged per notice issued.
1.7 Addressing
Each piece of Standard Mail must bear a delivery address.
Alternative address formats or detached address labels may be used,
subject to A040 or A060, respectively.
1.8 Documentation
A postage statement, completed and signed by the mailer, using the
correct USPS form or an approved facsimile, must be submitted with each
mailing except for single-piece rate mailings in which the correct
postage is affixed to each piece. Supporting documentation might be
required by the standards for the rate claimed or postage payment
method used.
[Insert new E612, based on current E311 and E312, as follows:]
E612 Additional Standards Applicable to Standard Mail (A)
1.0 Weight
Standard Mail (A) must weigh less than 16 ounces.
2.0 Content
2.1 Circulars
Circulars, including printed form letters that, according to
internal evidence, are sent in identical terms to more than one person
are Standard Mail (A). A circular does not lose its character as such
if a date and the individual names of the addressee and sender are
printed therein or handwritten corrections of typographical errors are
made on the circular.
2.2 Printed Matter
Printed matter weighing less than 16 ounces may be sent as Standard
Mail (A). For this standard, printed matter means paper on which words,
letters, characters, figures, or images (or any combination of them),
not having the character of a bill or statement of account or of actual
or personal correspondence, are reproduced by any process other than
handwriting or typewriting.
2.3 Computer-Prepared Material
Computer-prepared material is considered printed matter. Such
material is not considered to have the character of actual or personal
correspondence merely because it contains:
a. Specific information about a product offered for sale or lease
(e.g., size, color, price) or a service being offered (e.g., the name,
address, and telephone number of a company representative).
b. Information relating the addressee directly to an advertised
product or service.
c. Information such as the amount paid for a previous purchase,
pledge, or donation, when associated with a sales promotion or
solicitation for donations.
3.0 Enclosures and Attachments
3.1 Nonincidental First-Class Enclosures
Letters or other pieces of nonincidental First-Class Mail, subject
to postage at First-Class rates, may be enclosed with Standard Mail
(A). Postage for the First-Class enclosure must be placed on the
outside of the mailpiece. It may be affixed separately or added to the
postage for the host piece. The endorsement ``First-Class Mail
Enclosed'' must be placed on the mailpiece, below the postage and above
the address.
3.2 Nonincidental First-Class Attachments
Letters or other pieces of nonincidental First-Class Mail may be
placed in an envelope and securely attached to the address side of a
Standard Mail (A) mailpiece or of the principal mailpiece, as
applicable. Combination envelopes or containers with separate parts for
the two classes of mail may be used. The names and addresses of the
sender and addressee must be placed on both the principal mailpiece and
the attachment.
[[Page 10131]]
Alternatively, the sender's name and address must be placed on one part
and the addressee's name and address on the other. If the mailpiece is
a combination container with inseparable parts or compartments, the
names and addresses may appear on only one part. The applicable
Standard Mail (A) postage for the Standard Mail (A) matter must be
prepaid and placed in the upper right corner of the address space.
Postage at the applicable First-Class rate must be paid for and affixed
to the First-Class attachment, unless other payment methods are
permitted by standard.
3.3 Attachment of Other Standard Mail (A) Matter
The front cover page or the back cover page of a Standard Mail (A)
mailpiece may bear an attachment that is other Standard Mail (A) matter
if:
a. Each piece in the mailing bears the same attachment.
b. The material qualifies for and is mailed at bulk rates.
c. The pieces bearing the attachment are larger than 6 by 11
inches.
d. The attachment is secured so as not to interfere with processing
or delivery. Folded or multipage attachments must be secured to prevent
opening during handling.
e. The mailing is sorted to carrier routes.
3.4 Protective Covers
A protective cover (outsert) on a catalog or book must fully cover
(to within 3/4 inch of each edge) the main body of the catalog or book,
front and back, or the entire piece must be enclosed in a wrapper (a
full sleeve or envelope).
4.0 Bulk Rates
4.1 General Information
Bulk rates apply to mailings meeting the basic standards in E611
and the corresponding standards for presort, automation, and
destination entry in E630, E640, and E650, as appropriate for the rate
claimed. Nonprofit rates may be used only by organizations authorized
by the USPS under E670. Bulk rate Standard Mail (A) may not use
certified, collect on delivery (COD), insurance, registry, return
receipt for merchandise, special delivery, and special handling
services. Not all processing categories qualify for every bulk rate.
4.2 Minimum Per Piece Rates
The minimum per piece rates (i.e., the minimum postage that must be
paid for each piece) apply to Enhanced Carrier Route rate pieces
weighing 0.2066 pound (rounded, or 3.3062 ounces, rounded) or less,
Regular nonautomation and automation rate pieces weighing 0.2068 pound
(rounded, or 3.3087 ounces, rounded) or less, and Nonprofit
nonautomation and automation rate pieces weighing 0.2149 pound
(rounded, or 3.4383 ounces, rounded) or less. The base postage rate
applies to pieces meeting minimum preparation standards (e.g.,
Basicrate) and may be reduced if additional standards are met. For the
minimum per piece rates, mail is categorized as either ``letters'' or
``other than letters'' based on the letter-size standard in C050 that
disregards address placement, except that, for automation rates, mail
may be assigned to the ``other than letters'' category based on the
standards in C820. Address placement is also used to apply the aspect
ratio standard for letter-size automation rates in C810.
4.3 Piece/Pound Rates
Pieces exceeding the weight limits specified in 4.2 are subject to
a two-part piece/pound rate that includes a fixed charge per piece and
a variable pound charge based on weight. The base postage rate applies
to pieces meeting the minimum preparation standards (e.g., basic
nonautomation presort). Discounts are available subject to the
corresponding standards.
4.4 Net Postage
The net postage rate that must be paid is either the minimum per
piece rate or the piece/pound rate, as reduced in either case by any
discounts for which the piece is eligible. The net postage rate is
commonly designated by the name of the primary discount (e.g., carrier
route rate, automation rate, DBMC rate).
4.5 Minimum Rate Per Piece
Postage is computed at the applicable rates on the entire bulk
mailing to be mailed at one time. Subject to 4.6, the total postage
paid on any bulk mailing may not be lower than the amount determined by
multiplying the proper minimum per piece rate (less applicable
discounts) by the total number of mailpieces. If the total postage
computed at pound rates, after any adjustment for presort level, is
less than the minimum postage charge, postage must be computed at the
minimum per piece rate.
4.6 Exception
When the postage computed at the bulk Standard Mail (A) rates is
higher than a Standard Mail (B) rate for which the matter and the
mailing could qualify except for its weight, the Standard Mail (B) rate
may be paid without adding needless weight. All other standards for
bulk Standard Mail (A) apply.
4.7 Annual Fees
Bulk rate Standard Mail (A) is subject to an annual fee once each
12-month period. The fee may be paid in advance only for the next year
and only during the last 30 days of the current service period. The fee
charged is that in effect on the date of payment. Additional standards
apply, based on how postage is paid:
a. When mailings are paid with meter or precanceled stamps, each
mailer who enters mailings at the Regular, Enhanced Carrier Route, or
Nonprofit rates must pay an annual bulk mailing fee at each post office
of mailing. Persons or organizations paying this fee may enter mail of
their clients as well as their own mail.
b. When a mailing is paid with a permit imprint, the mailer whose
permit imprint is on the mailpiece must put that permit number on the
postage statement and must pay the annual bulk mailing fee for that
permit. This fee is in addition to the fee that must be paid when
applying to use permit imprints.
4.8 Merging
Mailings are subject to the general definition and conditions in
M011. Generally, mailers may merge similar bulk Standard Mail (A)
matter into a single mailing. Differences in text, address labels, and
address lists or list key numbers do not prohibit the mailer from
merging and sorting pieces together. Pieces with different methods of
postage payment may be combined in the same mailing only if authorized
by the RCSC. Pieces of nonidentical weight, if merged in the same
mailing, must bear the correct postage when mailed, unless otherwise
authorized by the RCSC.
4.9 Preparation
Each Nonprofit, Regular, or Enhanced Carrier Route rate mailing
must be prepared under these general standards:
a. All pieces in a mailing must be of the same processing category,
except that irregular and machinable parcels may be commingled in 5-
digit sacks or on 5-digit pallets.
b. Each mailing must contain at least 200 pieces or 50 pounds of
pieces. Other volume standards can also apply, based on the rate
claimed.
c. The same mailing may not contain both automation and
nonautomation rate pieces except as allowed under E649.
c. All pieces in a bulk mailing must be sorted together and marked
under the standards applicable to the rate claimed.
d. Each piece must bear the addressee's name and delivery address,
[[Page 10132]]
including the correct ZIP Code or ZIP+4 code, unless an alternative
address format is used subject to A040. Pieces in automation rate
mailings, upgradable nonautomation rate pieces, or pieces prepared with
detached address labels, are subject to additional standards.
e. Postage must be paid under the standards in P600 with
precanceled stamps, postage meter, or permit imprint.
f. Mailings must be documented under P012 and the standards for the
rate claimed.
g. Each piece must meet the standards applicable to any other rate
or discount claimed.
h. Any POSTNET barcode on a mailpiece must be the correct barcode
for the delivery address and meet the standards in C840 and A950.
i. Mailings must be deposited at a business mail entry unit of the
post office where the postage permit or license is held and the annual
bulk fee paid, unless deposit elsewhere is permitted by standard.
[Insert new E613, based on current E411, as follows:]
E613 Additional Standards Applicable to Standard Mail (B)
1.0 Weight
Standard Mail (B) consists of mailable matter that (except Special
Standard Mail and Library Mail) weighs 16 ounces or more.
2.0 Zoned Rates
2.1 Required Mailing Office
Zoned Standard Mail (i.e., parcel post and bound printed matter)
must be mailed at the post office from which the zone rate postage was
computed, except under 2.2 and 2.3.
2.2 Redirected Mailings
Mailers who present large mailings of zoned Standard Mail may be
allowed or directed to deposit such mailings at another postal facility
when processing or logistics make such an alternative desirable for the
USPS, subject to these conditions:
a. Zoned postage need not be recomputed if both the original post
office of mailing and the alternative facility use the same zone chart
for computing zoned postage, based on the 3-digit prefix of their ZIP
Codes.
b. Postage must be recomputed on pieces in mailings redirected to a
postal facility that uses a different zone chart for computing zoned
postage.
c. Postage for pieces claimed at the local zone rates must be
recomputed at the applicable zone rate for the alternative postal
facility. Postage may also be recomputed for other pieces that are
ineligible for the local zone rates but that could become eligible at
the postal facility to which the mailing is redirected.
2.3 BMC Acceptance
Mailers may present zoned Standard Mail at a BMC for acceptance if:
a. Metered postage is paid through a postage meter licensed at the
BMC parent post office, or permit imprint postage is paid through an
advance deposit account at the BMC parent post office or another post
office in the BMC service area, unless otherwise permitted by standard.
b. Zoned postage is computed from the BMC parent post office.
c. The BMC is authorized by Form 4410 to act as acceptance agent
for the entry post office.
3.0 Addressing
All Standard Mail (B) must bear the sender's return address and,
except for single-piece rate parcel post, the delivery address on each
piece must include the correct ZIP Code or ZIP+4 code.
E620 Nonautomation Nonpresort Standard Mail Rates
[Insert text of current E320 and redesignate as E621; revise as
follows:]
E621 Single-Piece Standard Mail (A)
1.0 Single-Piece Rate
1.1 Rate Application
Single-piece rate Standard Mail (A) is Standard Mail (A) matter not
prepared as required for a bulk rate. The single-piece rates are
applied to each piece (or each item mailed under 1.2) based on its
weight. If the computed single-piece Standard Mail (A) rate is higher
than any Standard Mail (B) rate for which the mail could qualify except
for weight, the lower Standard Mail (B) rate may be paid; all other
standards for single-piece Standard Mail (A) apply.
1.2 Keys and Identification Devices
Keys and identification devices (identification cards or uncovered
identification tags) may be mailed as single-piece Standard Mail (A) if
they bear, contain, or have securely attached instructions to return to
a name and complete address of a person, organization, or concern and a
statement guaranteeing postage payment on delivery.
1.3 Nonstandard Surcharge
Single-piece rate Standard Mail (A) (except keys and identification
devices) is subject to a nonstandard surcharge if it weighs 1 ounce or
less and meets the definition of nonstandard mail in C600.
1.4 Preparation
Keys and identification devices must be prepared under 1.2. All
other single-piece rate Standard Mail (A) pieces must have a delivery
address and the endorsement ``Standard Mail.'' No minimum quantity is
required unless postage is paid with a permit imprint (in which case
the mailing must contain 200 pieces or 50 pounds of pieces). There are
no sortation standards, but five or more metered letter-size pieces and
any permit imprint pieces must be ``faced'' (so that the addresses face
in one direction) and bundled, boxed, or packaged.
1.5 Postage Payment and Documentation
Except for keys and identification devices, full postage must be
affixed in adhesive stamps, precanceled stamps, or meter postage or
paid with permit imprint. Documentation of postage and a postage
statement are required if postage is paid with a permit imprint or if
the correct postage is not affixed to each piece in the mailing.
1.6 Place of Mailing
Pieces paid with adhesive stamps may be deposited in collection
boxes or other places where mail is accepted. Pieces paid with meter
postage, precanceled stamps, or permit imprint must be taken to the
post office where the license or permit is held, unless the USPS
authorizes otherwise.
[Insert text of current E412 and redesignate as E622; revise as
follows:]
E622 Parcel Post
1.0 Basic Standards
1.1 Description
Any Standard Mail (B) matter may be mailed at parcel post rates.
Parcel post rates are based on zones, on whether a parcel is mailed and
delivered within a BMC or ASF service area (as shown below), and on the
weight of the piece.
* * * * *
1.3 Enclosures
Parcel post may contain any printed matter mailable as Standard
Mail (A), in addition to the enclosures and additions listed in E611.
[Remove current E412.1.4; insert text of current E412.2.0 through
E412.4.0 and redesignate as E622.2.0 through E622.4.0, respectively; in
1.1 and 3.1, replace ``fourth-class'' with ``Standard Mail (B)''; in
2.4, replace the reference ``E450'' with ``E652''; no other change in
text.]
[[Page 10133]]
[Insert text of current E414 and redesignate as E623; revise as
follows:]
E623 Bound Printed Matter
1.0 Basic Standards
1.1 Description
Bound printed matter is Standard Mail weighing at least 1 pound but
not more than 10 pounds and meeting the standards in E611 and E613.
Bound printed matter rates are based on zones and on the weight of the
piece.
1.2 Characteristics
Bound printed matter must:
a. Consist of advertising, promotional, directory, or editorial
material (or any combination of such material).
b. Be securely bound by permanent fastenings such as staples,
spiral binding, glue, or stitching. Looseleaf binders and similar
fastenings are not considered permanent.
c. Consist of sheets of which at least 90% are imprinted by any
process other than handwriting or typewriting with words, letters,
characters, figures, or images (or any combination of them).
d. Not have the nature of personal correspondence.
e. Not be stationery, such as pads of blank printed forms.
1.3 Combining Pieces
A mailpiece containing two or more bound printed matter pieces,
each weighing less than 1 pound, is mailable at the bound printed
matter rates if the total weight of the pieces is at least 1 pound.
1.4 Enclosures
In addition to the additions and enclosures listed in E611 and
E612, bound printed matter may contain:
a. Any printed matter mailable as Standard Mail (A).
b. A merchandise sample attached to a bound page or to a
permissible loose enclosure, if the sample represents only an
incidental portion of the bound printed matter piece and if the sample
is not provided exclusively or primarily as a premium or an inducement
promoting the sale of the bound printed matter piece. The sample may be
identified as a ``free gift'' where it is clear that the sample is
offered to the addressee to market the gift product or promote the sale
of the bound printed matter.
[Remove current E414.1.5; redesignate current E414.2.0 as E633.]
[Insert text of current E416 and redesignate as E624; revise as
follows:]
E624 Special Standard Mail
1.0 Basic Standards
1.1 Qualification
Special Standard Mail is Standard Mail matter meeting the standards
in E611, E613, and those below. Special Standard Mail rates are based
on the weight of the piece, without regard to zone.
1.2 Qualified Items
Only these articles may be mailed at the Special Standard Mail
rates:
a. Books, including books issued to supplement other books of at
least eight printed pages, consisting wholly of reading matter or
scholarly bibliography, or reading matter with incidental blank spaces
for notations and containing no advertising matter other than
incidental announcements of books. Advertising includes paid
advertising and the publisher's own advertising in display, classified,
or editorial style.
b. 16-millimeter or narrower width films, which must be positive
prints in final form for viewing, and catalogs of such films of 24
pages or more (at least 22 of which are printed). Films and film
catalogs sent to or from commercial theaters do not qualify for the
Special Standard Mail rate.
c. Printed music, whether in bound or sheet form.
d. Printed objective test materials and their accessories used by
or in behalf of educational institutions to test ability, aptitude,
achievement, interests, and other mental and personal qualities with or
without answers, test scores, or identifying information recorded
thereon in writing or by mark.
e. Sound recordings and guides or scripts prepared solely for use
with such recordings. Video recordings and player piano rolls are
classified as sound recordings.
f. Playscripts and manuscripts for books, periodicals, and music.
g. Printed educational reference charts designed to instruct or
train individuals for improving or developing their capabilities. Each
chart must be a single printed sheet of information designed for
educational reference. The information on the chart, which may be
printed on one or both sides of the sheet, must be conveyed primarily
by graphs, diagrams, tables, or other nonnarrative matter. An
educational reference chart is normally but not necessarily devoted to
one subject. A chart on which the information is conveyed primarily by
textual matter in a narrative form does not qualify as a printed
educational reference chart for mailing at the Special Standard Mail
rates even if it includes graphs, diagrams, or tables. Examples of
qualifying charts include maps produced primarily for educational
reference, tables of mathematical or scientific equations, noun
declensions or verb conjugations used in the study of languages,
periodic table of elements, botanical or zoological tables, and other
tables used in the study of science.
h. Looseleaf pages and their binders consisting of medical
information for distribution to doctors, hospitals, medical schools,
and medical students.
i. Computer-readable media containing prerecorded information and
guides or scripts prepared solely for use with such media.
1.3 Loose Enclosures
In addition to the enclosures and additions listed in E611, any
printed matter that is mailable as Standard Mail (A) may be included
loose with any qualifying material mailed at the Special Standard Mail
rates.
1.4 Enclosures in Books
Enclosures in books mailed at Special Standard Mail rates are
subject to these additional standards:
a. Either one envelope or one addressed postcard may be bound into
the pages of a book. If also serving as an order form, the envelope or
card may be in addition to the order form permitted by 1.4b.
b. One order form may be bound into the pages of a book. If also
serving as an envelope or postcard, the order form may be in addition
to the envelope or card permitted by 1.4a.
c. Announcements of books may appear as book pages. These
announcements must be incidental and exclusively devoted to books,
without extraneous advertising of book-related or other materials or
services. Announcements may fully describe the conditions and methods
of ordering books and may contain ordering instructions for use with a
separate order form. Up to three of these announcements may contain as
part of their format a single order form, which may also serve as a
postcard. The order forms permitted with these announcements are in
addition to, and not in place of, order forms that may be enclosed
under 1.4a or 1.4b.
[Remove current E416.1.5; redesignate E416.2.0 as E634.]
[Insert text of current E419 and redesignate as E625; revise as
follows:]
[[Page 10134]]
E625 Library Mail
1.0 Basic Standards
1.1 Qualification
Library Mail is Standard Mail matter that meets the standards in
E611, E613, and those below. Library Mail rates are based on the weight
of the piece, without regard to zone.
1.2 Qualified Sender, Recipient, Content
Each piece must show in the address or return address the name of a
school, college, university, public library, museum, or herbarium or
the name of a nonprofit religious, educational, scientific,
philanthropic (charitable), agricultural, labor, veterans, or fraternal
organization. For Library Mail standards, these nonprofit organizations
are defined in E670. Only the articles described in 1.4 through 1.5 may
be mailed at the Library Mail rate.
1.3 Preparation
When 1,000 or more pieces of identical weight are mailed at the
Library Mail rates during a single day, the pieces must be prepared
under M630.
1.4 Mailable Items Sent Between
The following items may be mailed at the Library Mail rate when
sent between: (1) schools, colleges, universities, public libraries,
museums, and herbariums and nonprofit religious, educational,
scientific, philanthropic (charitable), agricultural, labor, veterans,
and fraternal organizations or associations; (2) any such institution,
organization, or association, and an individual who has no financial
interest in the sale, promotion, or distribution of the materials; or
(3) any such institution, organization, or association and a publisher,
if such institution, organization, or association has placed an order
to buy such materials for delivery to itself:
a. Books, consisting wholly of reading matter, scholarly
bibliography, or reading matter with incidental blank spaces for
notations and containing no advertising except for incidental
announcements of books.
b. Printed music, whether in bound or sheet form.
c. Bound volumes of academic theses, whether in typewritten or
duplicated form.
d. Periodicals, whether bound or unbound.
e. Sound recordings.
f. Other library materials in printed, duplicated, or photographic
form or in the form of unpublished manuscripts.
g. Museum materials, specimens, collections, teaching aids, printed
matter, and interpretive materials for informing and furthering the
educational work and interests of museums and herbariums.
1.5 Mailable Items Sent ``To'' or ``From''
The following specific items may be mailed at the Library Mail rate
when sent to or from schools, colleges, universities, public libraries,
museums, and herbariums and to or from nonprofit religious,
educational, scientific, philanthropic (charitable), agricultural,
labor, veterans, or fraternal organizations:
a. 16-millimeter or narrower width films, filmstrips,
transparencies, slides, and microfilms. All must be positive prints in
final form for viewing.
b. Sound recordings.
c. Museum materials, specimens, collections, teaching aids, printed
matter, and interpretive materials intended for informing and
furthering the educational work and interests of museums and
herbariums.
d. Scientific or mathematical kits, instruments, or other devices.
e. Catalogs of the materials in 1.5a through 1.5d and guides or
scripts prepared solely for use with such materials.
1.6 Enclosures in Books and Sound Recordings
Books and sound recordings mailed at the Library Mail rate may
contain these enclosures as well as the additions and enclosures
permitted under E611:
a. Either one envelope or one addressed postcard. If also serving
as an order form, the envelope or card may be in addition to the order
form permitted by 1.6b.
b. One order form. If also serving as an envelope or postcard, the
order form may be in addition to the envelope or card permitted by
1.6a.
c. With books, announcements of books appearing in book pages or as
loose enclosures. These announcements must be incidental and
exclusively devoted to books, without extraneous advertising of book-
related materials or services. Announcements may fully describe the
conditions and methods of ordering books (such as by membership in book
clubs) and may contain ordering instructions for use with the single
order form permitted in 1.6b.
d. With sound recordings, announcements of sound recordings
appearing on title labels, on protective sleeves, on the carton or
wrapper, or on loose enclosures. These announcements of sound
recordings must be incidental and exclusively devoted to sound
recordings. They may not contain extraneous advertising of recording-
related materials or services. Announcements may fully describe the
conditions and methods of ordering sound recordings (such as by
membership in sound recording clubs) and may contain ordering
instructions for use with the single order form permitted in 1.6b.
1.7 Other Material
Material mailed at the Library Mail rate other than books and sound
recordings may contain only those additions and enclosures permitted
under E611.
[Remove text of current E419.1.8.]
E630 Nonautomation Presort Standard Mail Rates
[Insert text of current of E331 and E332 and redesignate as E631;
revise as follows:]
E631 Nonautomation Regular Standard Mail
1.0 Basic Standards
All pieces in a nonautomation Regular Standard Mail mailing must
meet the basic standards for Standard Mail in E611 and E612 and must be
part of a single mailing of at least 200 pieces or 50 pounds of pieces
of nonautomation rate Regular Standard Mail.
2.0 Basic and 3/5 Rates
Nonautomation Regular Standard Mail rates (Basic and 3/5) apply to
Regular Standard Mail letters, flats, and machinable and irregular
parcels, weighing less than 16 ounces, that are prepared under M610 or
palletized under M045. Basic rates apply to pieces that do not meet the
standards for the 3/5 rates described below. Basic rate and 3/5 rate
pieces prepared as part of the same mailing are subject to a single
minimum volume standard. Pieces that do not qualify for the 3/5 rate
must be paid at the basic rate and prepared accordingly. Pieces may
qualify for the 3/5 rate if:
a. In quantities of 150 or more letter-size pieces for a single 3-
digit area, prepared in 5-digit or 3-digit packages of 10 or more
pieces each and placed in 5-digit or 3-digit trays.
b. In quantities of 150 or more upgradable letter-size pieces (as
defined in M610) for a single 3-digit area and placed in 5-digit or 3-
digit trays.
c. In a 5-digit or 3-digit package of 10 or more flat-size pieces
and placed in a 5-digit or 3-digit sack containing at least 125 pieces
or 15 pounds of pieces.
[[Page 10135]]
d. In a 5-digit or 3-digit package of 10 or more flat-size pieces
palletized under M045.
e. In a 5-digit, destination ASF (if required), or destination BMC
sack containing at least 10 pounds of machinable parcels. (The 3/5
rates are available only if all possible 5-digit sacks are prepared.)
f. On a 5-digit, destination ASF (if required), or destination BMC
pallet of machinable parcels. (The 3/5 rates are available only if all
possible 5-digit pallets are prepared.)
g. In a 5-digit or 3-digit sack of irregular parcels containing at
least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces.
3.0 ZIP Code Accuracy
Effective October 1, 1996, 5-digit ZIP Codes included in addresses
appearing on pieces claimed at nonautomation Regular rates must be
verified and corrected within 12 months before the mailing date, using
a USPS-approved method. Mailers must certify that this standard has
been met when the corresponding mail is presented to the USPS. This
standard applies to each address individually, not to a specific list
or mailing. An address meeting this standard may be used in mailings at
any other rates to which the standard applies throughout the 12-month
period following its most recent update.
[Remove text of current E333 and E334 and replace with new E632 as
follows:]
E632 Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail
1.0 Basic Standards
1.1 All Pieces
All pieces in an Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail mailing
(letters, flats, or irregular parcels, including merchandise samples
distributed with detached address labels) must:
a. Meet the basic standards for Standard Mail in E611 and E612.
b. Be part of a single mailing of at least 200 pieces or 50 pounds
of pieces of Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail, except that
automation Basic Carrier Route rate pieces are subject to a separate
200-piece/50-pound minimum volume standard and may not be included in
the same mailing as other Enhanced Carrier Route mail.
c. Be sorted to carrier routes, marked, and documented under M045
(if palletized) or M620.
1.2 Flats and Merchandise Samples
Enhanced Carrier Route rate flats may not be more than 11\3/4\
inches wide, 14 inches long, or \3/4\ inch thick. Merchandise samples
with detached address labels may exceed these dimensions if the labels
meet the standards in A060.
1.3 Preparation
Preparation to qualify for any of the Enhanced Carrier Route rates
is optional and need not be performed for all carrier routes in a 5-
digit area. An Enhanced Carrier Route mailing may include pieces at
Basic, High Density, and Saturation Enhanced Carrier Route rates.
Automation Basic Carrier Route rate pieces must be prepared as a
separate mailing, subject to the eligibility standards in E641.
1.4 Carrier Route Information
Subject to A930 and A950, mailers must apply carrier route codes to
mailings using CASS-certified software and the current USPS Carrier
Route Information System (CRIS) scheme or another AIS product
containing carrier route information. The carrier route information
must be updated within 90 days before the mailing date. Carrier route
and City/State File information must be updated within 90 days before
the mailing date.
1.5 Sequencing
Basic Carrier Route rate mail must be prepared either in carrier
walk sequence or in line-of-travel (LOT) sequence according to LOT
schemes prescribed by the USPS (see M050). High Density and Saturation
rate mailings must be prepared in carrier walk sequence according to
schemes prescribed by the USPS.
1.6 Addressing--High Density and Saturation Mail
High Density and Saturation rate mail may be prepared with detached
address labels, subject to A060, or with an alternative addressing
format, subject to A040. High Density pieces must have a complete
delivery address or an address in occupant or exceptional format.
Saturation pieces addressed for delivery on a city route must have a
complete delivery address or an address in occupant or exceptional
format, except that official mail from certain government entities may
also use the simplified format. Saturation pieces for delivery on rural
or highway contract routes, or through general delivery or a post
office box, must have a complete delivery address or an alternative
address format.
1.7 Density--High Density and Saturation Mail
High Density and Saturation rate mailings are subject to these
density standards:
a. There is no minimum volume per 5-digit ZIP Code delivery area.
Pieces need not be sent to all carrier routes within a 5-digit delivery
area.
b. For the High Density rate, at least 125 pieces must be prepared
for each carrier route for which that discount is claimed, except that
fewer pieces may be prepared and the High Density rate may be claimed
for carrier routes of 124 or fewer possible deliveries if a piece is
addressed to every possible delivery on the route. Multiple pieces per
delivery address can count toward this density standard.
c. For the Saturation rate, pieces must be addressed either to 90%
or more of the active residential addresses or to 75% or more of the
total number of active possible delivery addresses, whichever is less,
on each carrier route receiving this mail, except that mail addressed
in the simplified address format must meet the 100% coverage standard
in A040. Multiple pieces per delivery address do not count toward this
delivery standard. Sacks with fewer than 125 pieces and less than 15
pounds of pieces may be prepared to a carrier route when the Saturation
rate is claimed for the contents and the applicable density standard is
met.
2.0 Rate Application
2.1 Automation Basic
Automation Basic Carrier Route rates apply to each piece that is
sorted under M810 into full carrier route trays, or in carrier route
groups of 10 or more pieces each placed in 5-digit carrier routes
trays. (Preparation to qualify for that rate is optional and need not
be performed for all carrier routes in a 5-digit area.)
2.2 Basic
Basic (nonautomation) Carrier Route rates apply to each piece that
is sorted under M620 into the corresponding qualifying groups:
a. Letter-size pieces in a full carrier route tray, or in a carrier
route package of 10 or more pieces placed in a 5-digit carrier routes
tray.
b. Flat-size pieces in a carrier route package of 10 or more pieces
palletized under M045, or placed in a carrier route sack containing at
least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces or in a 5-digit carrier routes
sack.
c. Irregular parcels in a carrier route sack containing 125 pieces
or 15 pounds of pieces, in a carrier route carton(s) of merchandise
samples prepared with detached address labels under A060 containing a
total of 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces, or in a 5-digit carrier
routes sack or carton. (Pieces must be in
[[Page 10136]]
packages of 10 or more irregular parcels each if packaging is required
under M610.)
2.3 High Density and Saturation
High Density and Saturation rates apply to pieces qualified for the
Basic rates that also meet the applicable addressing and density
standards in 1.6 and 1.7.
[Insert text of current E414.2.0 and redesignate as E633; revise as
follows:]
E633 Bulk Bound Printed Matter
1.0 Basic Information
1.1 Preparation
Bulk bound printed matter must meet the basic standards in E623 and
the applicable preparation standards in M630. Mailings may contain
nonidentical-weight pieces only if the correct postage is affixed to
each piece or if the RCSC serving the office of mailing has authorized
payment of postage by permit imprint. Each mailing must contain 300 or
more pieces of bound printed matter. Insurance, special delivery,
special handling, and COD services may be used, but selective use of
these services for individual parcels must be approved by the RCSC.
1.2 Additional Standards for Carrier Route
Carrier route bulk bound printed matter is subject to these
additional standards:
a. Each mailing must contain 300 or more pieces sorted under M630
into groups of at least 10 pieces, 20 pounds, or 1,000 cubic inches
each for the same carrier route, rural route, highway contract route,
post office box section, or general delivery unit.
b. Residual pieces (not sorted as described in 1.2a) do not count
toward the minimum specified in 1.2a, are ineligible for the carrier
route presort level rate, and must have postage paid at the appropriate
bulk bound printed matter rate. Residual pieces may be included in a
carrier route presort rate mailing and be endorsed ``Carrier Route
Presort'' or ``CAR-RT SORT.'' The number of residual pieces to any
single 5-digit ZIP Code area may not exceed 5% of the total qualifying
carrier route pieces addressed to that 5-digit area. Residual pieces
must be separated from the pieces that qualify for the carrier route
rate and must be prepared under M630.
c. Subject to A930, mailers must apply carrier route codes to
mailings using CASS-certified software and the current USPS Carrier
Route Information System (CRIS) scheme or another AIS product
containing carrier route information. The carrier route information
must be updated within 90 days before the mailing date.
[Insert text of current E416.2.0 and redesignate as E634; revise as
follows:]
E634 Presorted Special Standard Mail
1.0 Basic Information
The Presorted Special Standard Mail rates apply to Special Standard
Mail rate matter mailed in minimum quantities at a place and time
designated by the postmaster, subject to the preparation standards in
M630. The size and content of each piece in the mailing does not need
to be identical. Nonidentical pieces may be merged, sorted together,
and presented as a single mailing either with postage paid with a
permit imprint if authorized by the RCSC serving the post office of
mailing, or with the correct postage affixed to each piece in the
mailing.
2.0 Presort Rates
2.1 Mailing Fee
A mailing fee must be paid once each 12-month period at each office
of mailing by or for any person who mails at the Presorted Special
Standard Mail rates. The fee may be paid in advance only for the next
year and only during the last 30 days of the current service period.
The fee charged is that in effect on the date of payment.
2.2 One Presort Level
A Presorted Special Standard Mail rate mailing receives only one
level of presort rate. The mailer may, however, prepare two or more
mailings with separate postage statements to use both levels of presort
rates. Pieces that do not qualify for a presort rate must be presented
for mailing under a separate postage statement if postage is paid with
a permit imprint.
2.3 Definitions
For this standard:
a. Full sack means either at least eight pieces or a quantity of
pieces equaling at least 1,000 cubic inches of volume or weighing from
20 to 70 pounds.
b. Substantially full sack means either at least four pieces or a
quantity of pieces equaling at least 1,000 cubic inches of volume or
weighing from 20 to 70 pounds.
2.4 5-Digit Rate
To qualify for the Presorted Special Standard Mail 5-digit rate, a
piece must be in a mailing of at least 500 pieces receiving identical
service, properly prepared and sorted either under M630 to full 5-digit
sacks or under M045 to 5-digit pallets. These conditions also apply:
a. Mailings of at least 500 nonmachinable outside parcels may
qualify for the Presorted Special Standard Mail 5-digit rate if
prepared to preserve sortation by 5-digit ZIP Code as prescribed by the
mailing office postmaster. The postmaster may require up to a 24-hour
notice before the mailing is presented.
b. Mailings prepared as palletized bundles must consist of 5-digit
bundles each containing at least eight pieces, or a quantity of pieces
equaling 1,000 cubic inches of volume or weighing 20 pounds. No bundle
may exceed 40 pounds. If there is more than 20 pounds of mail to a 5-
digit destination, mailers must prepare the minimum number of bundles
that do not exceed 40 pounds each.
2.5 BMC Rate
To qualify for the Presorted Special Standard Mail BMC rate, a
piece must be in a mailing of at least 500 sacked pieces receiving
identical service, properly prepared and sorted either under M630 to
full or substantially full bulk mail center (BMC) sacks or under M045
to BMC pallets. Mailings of at least 500 nonmachinable outside parcels
may qualify for the Presorted Special Standard Mail BMC rate if
prepared to preserve sortation by BMC as prescribed by the mailing
office postmaster. The postmaster may require up to a 24-hour notice
before the mailing is presented.
E639 Nonprofit Standard Mail
[Insert text of current E331 and E332 and redesignate, renumber, and
revise as E639.1.0; insert text of current E333 and redesignate,
renumber, and revise as E639.2.0; insert text of current E334 and
redesignate, renumber, and revise as E639.3.0.]
1.0 Basic and 3/5 Rates
1.1 Qualifying Pieces
Nonprofit Basic and 3/5 rates apply to Nonprofit Standard Mail
letters, flats, and machinable and irregular parcels, weighing less
than 16 ounces, that meet the basic standards in E611 and E612 and are
prepared under M692. Basic rates apply to pieces that do not meet the
standards for the 3/5 rates described below. Basic rate and 3/5 rate
pieces may be prepared as part of the same mailing, subject to a single
minimum volume standard. Pieces not sorted to qualify for the 3/5 rate
must be paid at the basic rate and prepared accordingly. Pieces may
qualify for the 3/5 rate if prepared:
a. In 5-digit or 3-digit packages of 10 or more pieces each, placed
in 5-digit or
[[Page 10137]]
3-digit sacks that contain at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces.
b. In 5-digit or 3-digit packages of 10 or more pieces each, placed
in 5-digit or 3-digit trays.
c. In full or overflow 5-digit, 3-digit, or SCF trays, prepared
under the standards for ZIP+4 tray-based mailings in M891.
d. In 5-digit packages of 10 or more pieces each, or 3-digit
packages of 50 or more pieces each, prepared under the standards for
ZIP+4 package-based mailings in M892.
e. In 5-digit, 3-digit, or SCF trays, prepared under the standards
for letter-size Barcoded tray-based mailings in M893.
f. In 5-digit packages of 10 or more pieces each, or 3-digit
packages of 50 or more pieces each, prepared under the standards for
letter-size Barcoded package-based mailings in M894 and M895.
g. In 5-digit or 3-digit packages of 10 or more pieces each,
prepared under the standards for flat-size 3/5 ZIP+4 Barcoded rate
mailings in M897.
h. In 5-digit or 3-digit packages of 10 or more pieces each,
palletized under M045.
i. In 5-digit, destination ASF (if required), or destination BMC
sacks containing at least 10 pounds of machinable parcels. (The 3/5
rates are available only if all possible 5-digit sacks are prepared.)
j. On 5-digit or destination BMC pallets of machinable parcels.
(The 3/5 rates are available only if all possible 5-digit pallets are
prepared.)
k. In 5-digit or 3-digit sacks of irregular parcels.
1.2 Optional Preparation
At the mailer's option, nonautomation Nonprofit Standard Mail may
be prepared under the standards for nonautomation Regular Standard Mail
in M610, including presort. Under this option, nonautomation Nonprofit
Standard Mail may claim nonautomation Nonprofit Basic or 3/5 rates if
all corresponding eligibility standards in E631 for nonautomation
Regular Basic and 3/5 rates are met.
1.3 Carrier Route Pieces
A 3/5 rate mailing may not include pieces claimed at the carrier
route or walk-sequence rates. The 3/5 rate pieces and carrier route or
walk-sequence rate pieces may be reported on the same postage statement
only under D600.
2.0 Carrier Route Rates
2.1 General
All pieces in a carrier route rate mailing must be presented at one
post office as part of a single mailing of at least 200 pieces or 50
pounds of pieces prepared under M693 to carrier routes. Pieces may not
be more than 11\3/4\ inches wide, 14 inches long, or \3/4\ inch thick.
Merchandise samples with detached address labels may exceed these
dimensions if the labels meet the standards in A060.
2.2 Optional Preparation
At the mailer's option, carrier route Nonprofit Standard Mail may
be prepared under the standards for Basic, High Density, or Saturation
rate Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail in M620, including presort.
Under this option, Nonprofit Standard Mail may claim Nonprofit carrier
route rates if all corresponding eligibility standards in E632 are met
for the Basic, High Density, or Saturation Enhanced Carrier Route rate.
Automation Basic Carrier Route rates may not be claimed under this
option.
2.3 Other Rates
A carrier route rate mailing may include pieces claimed at the
basic rate if the entire mailing meets the standard in 3.1. The basic
rate pieces must be prepared under M692, but they do not have to meet a
separate 200-piece/50-pound minimum. A carrier route rate mailing may
not include pieces claimed at the 3/5 rates. The 3/5 rate and carrier
route rate pieces may be reported on the same postage statement only
under D600.
2.4 Required Listing
At the time of mailing, the mailer must give the post office a list
of the number of qualifying pieces to each 5-digit ZIP Code area. After
the first mailing, the postmaster may authorize the mailer to keep the
records and submit them on request. The mailer must keep these records
for 90 days after the mailing date, or until any action pending on the
recalculation of postage is resolved to USPS satisfaction.
2.5 Carrier Route Information
Mailers must apply carrier route codes to mailings by using the
current USPS Carrier Route Information System (CRIS) scheme or another
AIS product containing carrier route information (see A930). Carrier
route information must be updated within 90 days before the mailing
date.
2.6 Qualifying Presort
Each qualifying piece must be prepared under M693 as part of a
group of 10 or more pieces in the same carrier route package that, in
turn, is placed in a carrier route, 5-digit carrier routes, or 3-digit
carrier routes tray or sack. To carrier route and 5-digit carrier
routes destinations, trays must be full and sacks must contain at least
125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. Qualifying mail also includes:
a. Carrier route packages in a 5-digit carrier routes tray that is
less than full, or in a 5-digit carrier routes sack that contains fewer
than 125 pieces and less than 15 pounds of pieces if that 5-digit area
does not have enough residential deliveries to meet the applicable full
tray or 125-piece/15-pound sack minimum at a 90% saturation level.
b. The last tray or sack to a 3-digit ZIP Code destination. The
last tray may be less than full and the last sack may contain fewer
than 125 pieces and less than 15 pounds of pieces.
c. Carrier route packages palletized under M045.
2.7 Residual
Residual pieces are those not sorted under M693 to qualify for
carrier route rates. These pieces may be included in a carrier route
rate mailing and may be marked ``Carrier Route Presort,'' subject to
these conditions:
a. Residual pieces do not count toward the minimum quantity for
carrier route rates.
b. The number of residual pieces to any single 5-digit ZIP Code
area may not exceed 5% of the total qualifying carrier route pieces
addressed to that 5-digit ZIP Code area.
c. Residual pieces are not eligible for the carrier route rate and
must have postage paid at the basic rate and must be prepared as
specified in M693.
3.0 Walk-Sequence Rates
3.1 General
All pieces in a walk-sequence rate mailing must be presented at one
post office as part of a single mailing of at least 200 pieces or 50
pounds of pieces sorted to carrier routes. Subject to compliance with
these standards, the saturation walk-sequence rate may be claimed by
pieces in both the ``letters'' and ``other-than-letters'' categories.
The 125-piece walk-sequence rate may be claimed only by pieces in the
``other-than-letters'' category, as defined in E612.
3.2 Optional Preparation
At the mailer's option, carrier route Nonprofit Standard Mail may
be prepared under the standards for Enhanced Carrier Route Standard
Mail in M620, including presort. Under this option, Nonprofit Standard
Mail may claim Nonprofit 125-piece walk-sequence or saturation walk-
sequence
[[Page 10138]]
rates if all corresponding eligibility standards in E632 for Enhanced
Carrier Route High Density or Saturation rates are met.
3.3 Other Rates
A walk-sequence rate mailing may include pieces claimed at the
carrier route and basic rates, but only the carrier route pieces count
toward the standard in 3.1. The basic rate pieces must be prepared as
required for residual pieces under 1.0, but they do not have to meet a
separate 200-piece/50-pound minimum. When presented to the USPS, the
trays or sacks containing the walk-sequence rate pieces must be
separated from other trays or sacks. Any effective separation method
may be used. A walk-sequence rate mailing may not include pieces
claimed at the 3/5 rate. The 3/5 rate and walk-sequence rate pieces may
be reported on the same postage statement only under D600.
3.4 Addressing
Walk-sequence rate mail must meet these addressing standards:
a. Mailings may be prepared with detached address labels, subject
to A060.
b. Pieces prepared with an alternative addressing format must meet
the applicable standards in A040.
c. For the 125-piece walk-sequence discount, each piece must have a
complete delivery address or an address in occupant or exceptional
format.
d. For the saturation walk-sequence discount, each piece addressed
for delivery on a city route must have a complete delivery address or
an address in occupant or exceptional format, except that official mail
from certain government entities may also use the simplified format.
Pieces for delivery on rural or highway contract routes, or through
general delivery or a post office box, must have a complete delivery
address or an alternative address format.
3.5 Density Standards
Walk-sequence rate mailings are subject to these density standards:
a. There is no minimum volume per 5-digit ZIP Code delivery area.
Walk-sequence mail need not be sent to all carrier routes within a 5-
digit delivery area.
b. For the 125-piece walk-sequence discount, at least 125 walk-
sequenced pieces must be prepared for each carrier route for which that
discount is claimed, except that for carrier routes of 124 or fewer
possible deliveries, the 125-piece walk-sequence discount may be
claimed if a piece is addressed to every possible delivery on the
route. Multiple pieces per delivery address can count toward this
density standard.
c. For the saturation walk-sequence discount, pieces must be
addressed either to 90% or more of the active residential addresses or
75% or more of the total number of active possible delivery addresses,
whichever is less, on each carrier route receiving this mail, except
that mail addressed in the simplified address format must meet the
coverage standard in A040. Multiple pieces per delivery address do not
count toward this density standard.
d. Sacks with fewer than 125 pieces and less than 15 pounds of
pieces may be prepared to a carrier route when a walk-sequence discount
is claimed for the contents and the applicable density standard in 3.5b
or 3.5c is met.
E640 Automation Standard Mail Rates
[Insert text of current E342, E344, and E345 and redesignate as E641;
revise as follows:]
E641 Automation Regular and Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail
1.0 Automation Regular Rates
1.1 All Pieces
All pieces in an automation rate Regular Standard Mail mailing
must:
a. Meet the basic standards for Standard Mail in E611 and E612.
b. Be part of a single mailing of at least 200 pieces or 50 pounds
of pieces of automation rate Regular Standard Mail.
c. Meet the physical standards in C810 (letters and cards) or C820
(flats).
d. Bear a delivery address that includes the correct ZIP Code,
ZIP+4 code, or numeric equivalent to the delivery point barcode (DPBC).
e. Meet the address quality and coding standards in 1.2 (if
applicable), A800, and A950.
f. Be marked, sorted, and documented as specified in M810 (letters
and cards) or M820 (flats).
g. Bear an accurate barcode, either a DPBC if a card or letter (on
the piece or on an insert showing through a barcode window) or a ZIP+4
barcode or DPBC if a flat, that meets the barcode standards in C840. A
letter-size mailpiece with a barcode window in the lower right corner
must have the correct DPBC appearing through that window.
1.2 Enclosed Reply Cards and Envelopes
Effective January 1, 1997, all courtesy reply and business reply
mail (BRM) cards and letter-size envelopes provided as enclosures in
automation rate Regular Standard Mail must meet the standards in C810
for enclosed cards and envelopes. Mailers must certify that this
standard has been met when the corresponding mail is presented to the
USPS.
1.3 Rate Application--Letters and Cards
Regular automation rates apply to each piece that is sorted under
M810 into the corresponding qualifying groups:
a. Groups of 150 or more pieces in 5-digit trays (and all pieces in
one less-than-full overflow tray) qualify for the 5-Digit automation
rate. (Preparation to qualify for that rate is optional and need not be
performed for all 5-digit destinations.)
b. Groups of 150 or more pieces in 3-digit or 3-digit scheme trays
(and all pieces in one less-than-full overflow tray) qualify for the 3-
Digit automation rate.
c. Pieces in full or overflow AADC trays and in all mixed AADC
trays qualify for the Basic automation rate.
1.4 Rate Application--Flats
Regular automation rates apply to each piece that is sorted under
M820 into the corresponding qualifying groups:
a. Pieces in 5-digit or 3-digit packages of 10 or more pieces each
qualify for the 3/5 automation rate.
b. Pieces in ADC or mixed ADC packages qualify for the Basic
automation rate.
2.0 Enhanced Carrier Route Rates
2.1 All Pieces
All pieces in an automation rate Enhanced Carrier Route Standard
Mail mailing (available for letters only) must:
a. Meet the basic standards for Standard Mail in E611 and E612.
b. Be part of a single mailing of at least 200 pieces or 50 pounds
of pieces of automation rate Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail.
c. Be sorted to carrier routes, marked, and documented under M045
(if palletized) or M810.
d. Bear a delivery address that includes the correct ZIP Code,
ZIP+4 code, or numeric equivalent to the delivery point barcode (DPBC).
e. Meet the address quality and coding standards in 1.5, A800, and
A950.
f. Bear an accurate DPBC that meets the barcode standards in C840.
A letter-size mailpiece with a barcode window in the lower right corner
must have the correct DPBC appearing through that window.
[[Page 10139]]
2.2 Preparation
Preparation to qualify for any of Enhanced Carrier Route automation
rates is optional and need not be performed for all carrier routes in a
5-digit area. An automation rate Enhanced Carrier Route mailing may not
include pieces at Basic, High Density, and Saturation Enhanced Carrier
Route rates.
2.3 Carrier Route Information
Subject to A930 and A950, mailers must apply carrier route codes to
mailings using CASS-certified software and the current USPS Carrier
Route Information System (CRIS) scheme or another AIS product
containing carrier route information. The carrier route information
must be updated within 90 days before the mailing date. Carrier route
and City/State File information must be updated within 90 days before
the mailing date. The automation Basic Carrier Route rate is available
only for letter-size mail and only for those 5-digit ZIP Code areas
identified in the USPS City/State File used for address coding.
2.4 Rate Application
Automation Basic Carrier Route rates apply to each piece that is
sorted under M810 into full carrier route trays, or in carrier route
groups of 10 or more pieces each placed in 5-digit carrier routes
trays. (Preparation to qualify for that rate is optional and need not
be performed for all carrier routes in a 5-digit area.)
E649 Automation Nonprofit Standard Mail
[Insert text of current eligibility standards in E342, E344, and E345
and redesignate and renumber as E649.1.0, E649.2.0, and E649.3.0,
respectively.]
1.0 ZIP+4 Discounts
1.1 All Pieces
All pieces in a Nonprofit Standard Mail ZIP+4 rate mailing must:
a. Meet the basic standards for Standard Mail in E611 and E612.
b. Be presented at one post office as part of a single mailing of
at least 200 pieces or 50 pounds of pieces of automation rate Nonprofit
Standard Mail.
c. Meet the physical standards in C810.
d. Bear a delivery address with the correct ZIP Code or ZIP+4 code
(or, if only prepared with a delivery point barcode (DPBC), the numeric
equivalent to the DPBC).
e. Meet the address quality and coding standards of A800 and A950.
f. Meet the standards in C830 or, for pieces with the correct DPBC,
the barcode standards in C840.
g. Be marked, sorted, and documented as specified in M891 or M892.
h. Separately qualify under the standard for any other discount
claimed.
1.2 Rate Application
Nonprofit ZIP+4 rates apply to each piece that also:
a. Is sorted under M891 or M892 into the corresponding qualifying
groups described in 1.7 and 1.8.
b. Bears a delivery address with the correct numeric ZIP+4 code or
bears the correct DPBC.
c. Meets the applicable standards in 1.3 through 1.6.
1.3 Barcode Window
A mailpiece meeting the standards in 1.1 and 1.2, but with a
barcode window in the lower right corner, may be eligible for any
Nonprofit automation rate only if the correct DPBC appears through that
window.
1.4 5-Digit Barcodes
Nonprofit ZIP+4 rate mailings may include pieces with correct 5-
digit barcodes if those pieces meet the standards in 1.1 and 1.2 and
the standards for 5-digit barcodes in C840. Such pieces may qualify for
the Nonprofit ZIP+4 rates only if the barcode is printed on the piece
and the address contains the correct numeric ZIP+4 code.
1.5 ZIP+4 Barcodes
Nonprofit ZIP+4 rate mailings may include pieces with correct ZIP+4
barcodes if the barcode is located in the address block and those
pieces meet the standards in 1.1 and 1.2 and the standards for ZIP+4
barcodes in C840. Such pieces may qualify for Nonprofit ZIP+4 rates
only if, additionally, each has a barcode clear zone (without a window)
in the lower right corner and bears an address that contains the
correct numeric ZIP+4 code. Pieces that bear a ZIP+4 barcode in the
lower right corner may not be included in a Nonprofit ZIP+4 rate
mailing.
1.6 85% Rule
At least 85% of all pieces in a Nonprofit ZIP+4 rate mailing
(regardless of presort level or rate) must bear the correct numeric
ZIP+4 code or DPBC for the delivery address, as defined by the address
quality and coding standards in A800 and A950. The 85% requirement
applies to each mailing unless excepted by other standards.
1.7 Qualifying Tray-Based Presort
In tray-based mailings under M891, ZIP+4 coded or DPBC pieces in
full or overflow 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF trays qualify for the
Nonprofit 3/5 ZIP+4 rate; other pieces qualify for the Nonprofit 3/5
rate. One less-than-full SCF tray for the origin SCF is permitted.
ZIP+4 coded or DPBC pieces in AADC, mixed AADC, or working trays
qualify for the Nonprofit Basic ZIP+4 rate; other pieces qualify for
the Nonprofit Basic rate.
1.8 Qualifying Package-Based Presort
In package-based mailings under M892, ZIP+4 coded or DPBC pieces in
5-digit packages of 10 or more pieces each, and 3-digit packages of 50
or more pieces each, qualify for the Nonprofit 3/5 ZIP+4 rate; other
pieces in these packages qualify for the Nonprofit 3/5 rate. Residual
ZIP+4 coded or DPBC pieces qualify for the Nonprofit Basic ZIP+4 rate;
other pieces qualify for the Nonprofit Basic rate.
2.0 Barcoded Discounts (Letter-Size Pieces)
2.1 All Pieces
All pieces in a Nonprofit Standard Mail Barcoded rate letter-size
mailing must:
a. Meet the basic standards for Standard Mail in E611 and E612.
b. Be presented at one post office as part of a single mailing of
at least 200 pieces or 50 pounds of pieces.
c. Meet the physical standards in C810.
d. Bear a delivery address that includes the correct ZIP Code or
ZIP+4 code (or, only if prepared with a delivery point barcode (DPBC),
the numeric equivalent to the DPBC).
e. Meet the address quality and coding standards of A800 and A950.
f. Either bear the correct DPBC meeting the barcode standards in
C840 or meet the applicable standards in 2.5.
g. Be marked, sorted, and documented as specified in M893, M894, or
M895.
h. Meet the postage payment standards in P013 and P600.
i. Separately qualify under the standard for any other discount
claimed.
2.2 Rate Application
Nonprofit Barcoded rates apply to each piece that also:
a. Is sorted under M893, M894, or M895 into the corresponding
qualifying groups described in 2.8, 2.9, and 2.10.
b. Bears the correct DPBC that meets the barcode standards in C840.
c. Meets the applicable standards in 2.3 through 2.7.
[[Page 10140]]
2.3 Optional Preparation
At the mailer's option, barcoded Nonprofit Standard Mail may be
prepared under the standards for Automation Standard Mail in M810,
including presort. Under this option, barcoded Nonprofit Standard Mail
may claim Nonprofit carrier route, 5-Digit Barcoded, 3-Digit Barcoded,
and Basic Barcoded rates if all corresponding eligibility standards in
E631 and E641 for Automation Carrier Route, 5-Digit, 3-Digit, and Basic
rates are met.
2.4 Barcode Window
A mailpiece with a barcode window in the lower right corner is
ineligible for any Nonprofit automation rate unless the correct DPBC
appears through that window.
2.5 Pieces Without DPBCs
Subject to 2.6 and 2.7, Nonprofit Barcoded rate mailings may
include nonbarcoded, 5-digit barcoded, or ZIP+4 barcoded pieces if each
such piece (regardless of rate) meets the standards in 2.1, has a
barcode clear zone in the lower right corner meeting the reflectance
standards in C840, meets the applicable 5-digit or ZIP+4 barcode
standards in C840. Additionally, to qualify for a Nonprofit ZIP+4 rate,
subject to 2.8, 2.9, and 2.10:
a. Nonbarcoded and 5-digit barcoded pieces must bear an address
with the correct ZIP+4 code and meet the standards in C830, and must
not have a window in the lower right corner.
b. ZIP+4 barcoded pieces must have the barcode in the address
block, meet the standards in C830, and bear an address with the correct
ZIP+4 code, and must not have a window in the lower right corner.
2.6 85% Rule
Subject to 2.7, at least 85% of all pieces in a Nonprofit Barcoded
rate mailing (regardless of presort level or rate) must bear the
correct DPBC for the delivery address, as defined by the standards for
address quality and coding accuracy in A800 and A950. The 85%
requirement applies to each mailing unless excepted by other standards.
2.7 100% Barcoding
Each piece must bear the correct delivery point barcode:
a. In 5-digit trays in a tray-based mailing under M893.
b. In 5-digit packages in a package-based mailing under M894 or
M895.
c. In any mailing containing heavy letters (as defined in C810).
2.8 Qualifying Tray-Based Presort
In tray-based mailings under M893:
a. Pieces in full or overflow 5-digit trays qualify for the 5-digit
Nonprofit Barcoded rate.
b. In full or overflow 3-digit and SCF trays, DPBC pieces qualify
for the 3-digit Nonprofit Barcoded rate; subject to 2.5, ZIP+4 coded
non-DPBC pieces qualify for the Nonprofit \3/5\ ZIP+4 rate; other
pieces qualify for the Nonprofit \3/5\ rate. One less-than-full SCF
tray is permitted for the SCF serving the post office where the mailing
is entered.
c. In AADC, mixed AADC, and working trays, DPBC pieces qualify for
the Nonprofit Basic Barcoded rate; subject to 2.5, ZIP+4 coded non-DPBC
pieces qualify for the Nonprofit Basic ZIP+4 rate; other pieces qualify
for the Nonprofit Basic rates.
2.9 Qualifying Two-Tier Package-Based Presort
In two-tier package-based mailings under M894:
a. Pieces in 5-digit packages of 10 or more pieces each qualify for
the Nonprofit 5-digit Barcoded rate.
b. In 3-digit packages of 50 or more pieces each, DPBC pieces
qualify for the Nonprofit 3-digit Barcoded rates; subject to 2.5, ZIP+4
coded non-DPBC pieces qualify for the Nonprofit \3/5\ ZIP+4 rate; other
pieces qualify for the Nonprofit \3/5\ rate.
c. In the residual portion, DPBC pieces qualify for the Nonprofit
Basic Barcoded rate; subject to 2.5, ZIP+4 coded non-DPBC pieces
qualify for the Nonprofit Basic ZIP+4 rate; other pieces qualify for
Nonprofit Basic rate.
2.10 Qualifying Three-Tier Package-Based Presort
In three-tier package-based mailings under M895:
a. Pieces in 5-digit packages of 10 or more pieces each in the 5-
digit tier qualify for the Nonprofit 5-digit Barcoded rate.
b. In 3-digit packages of 50 or more pieces each in the 3-digit
tier, DPBC pieces qualify for the Nonprofit 3-digit Barcoded rate;
subject to 2.5, ZIP+4 coded non-DPBC pieces qualify for the Nonprofit
\3/5\ ZIP+4 rate; other pieces qualify for the Nonprofit \3/5\ rate.
c. In the residual tier, DPBC pieces qualify for the Nonprofit
Basic Barcoded rate; subject to 2.5, ZIP+4 coded non-DPBC pieces
qualify for the Nonprofit Basic ZIP+4 rate; other pieces qualify for
the Nonprofit Basic rate.
3.0 ZIP+4 Barcoded Discounts (Flat-Size Pieces)
3.1 All Pieces
All pieces in a Nonprofit Standard Mail ZIP+4 Barcoded rate flat-
size mailing must:
a. Meet the basic standards for Standard Mail in E611 and E612.
b. Be presented at one post office as part of a single mailing of
at least 200 pieces or 50 pounds of pieces.
c. Meet the physical standards in C820.
d. Bear a delivery address that includes the correct ZIP Code or
ZIP+4 code (or, only if prepared with a delivery point barcode (DPBC),
the numeric equivalent to the DPBC).
e. Meet the address quality and coding standards of A800 and A950.
f. Bear the correct 5-digit barcode, ZIP+4 barcode, or DPBC,
subject to C840, except for pieces in specific portions of mailings
prepared under M897.
g. Be marked, sorted, and documented as specified in M897.
h. Meet the postage payment standards in P013 and P600.
i. Separately qualify under the standard for any other discount
claimed.
3.2 Rate Application
Nonprofit ZIP+4 Barcoded rates apply to each piece that also:
a. Is sorted under M897 into the qualifying groups described in
3.6.
b. Bears the correct ZIP+4 barcode or DPBC.
3.3 Optional Preparation
At the mailer's option, barcoded Nonprofit Standard Mail may be
prepared under the standards for Automation Standard Mail in M820,
including presort. Under this option, barcoded Nonprofit Standard Mail
may claim Nonprofit \3/5\ Barcoded and Basic Barcoded rates if all
corresponding eligibility standards in E631 and E641 for Automation \3/
5\ and Basic rates are met.
3.4 5-Digit Barcodes
Nonprofit ZIP+4 Barcoded rate mailings may include pieces with
correct 5-digit barcodes if those pieces meet the standards in 3.1
through 3.3 and the standards for 5-digit barcodes in C840. Pieces with
a 5-digit barcode could be eligible for a presort rate under 3.6.
3.5 85% Rule
Generally, at least 85% of all pieces in a Nonprofit ZIP+4 Barcoded
rate mailing (regardless of presort level or rate) must bear the
correct ZIP+4 barcode or DPBC for the delivery address, as defined by
the standards for address quality and coding accuracy in A800 and A950.
Remaining pieces must bear the correct 5-digit barcode meeting the
applicable standards in C840. The 85% requirement applies to each
[[Page 10141]]
mailing unless excepted by other standards. Nonprofit ZIP+4 Barcoded
rate mailings not meeting the 85% rule must be prepared under
corresponding standards in M897.
3.6 Presort
In 5-digit or 3-digit packages of 10 or more pieces each, ZIP+4
barcoded or DPBC pieces can qualify for the Nonprofit 3/5 ZIP+4
Barcoded rate; other pieces qualify for the Nonprofit 3/5 rate. In SCF
packages of 10 or more pieces each, or in residual packages, ZIP+4
barcoded or DPBC pieces qualify for the Nonprofit Basic ZIP+4 Barcoded
rate for flats; 5-digit barcoded pieces qualify for the Nonprofit Basic
rate.
E650 Destination Entry Discounts
E651 Destination Entry--Regular, Nonprofit, and Enhanced Carrier
Route Standard Mail
[Insert text of current E350 and redesignate as E651; in 1.4, replace
``bulk third-class mail'' with ``bulk rate Standard Mail (A)''; in 3.9,
replace ``third-class mail'' with ``Standard Mail (A)''; revise the
rest of E651 as follows:]
1.0 Basic Standards
1.1 Rate Application
Regular, Nonprofit, and Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail
meeting the basic standards in E611 and E612 may qualify for the
destination BMC, SCF, or DDU entry rates if deposited at the correct
destination postal facility, subject to the general standards below and
the specific standards in 5.0, 6.0, and 7.0, respectively. Only one
destination reduction may be claimed for each mailpiece.
* * * * *
5.0 DBMC Discount
[In 5.1, replace ``L708'' with ``L602.'']
* * * * *
5.2 Eligibility
[Add the following text after the first sentence:]
* * * All pieces in an ADC or AADC sack or tray are eligible for
the DBMC discount if the ADC or AADC facility ZIP Code (as shown on
Line 1 of the corresponding container label) is within the service area
of the BMC at which the sack or tray is deposited. All pieces in a
palletized ADC package are eligible for the DBMC discount if the ADC
facility that is the destination of the package is within the service
area of the BMC at which it is deposited.
[Replace current 5.3 with new 5.3 as follows:]
5.3 Separate Containers
Separate mixed ADC or mixed AADC sacks or trays must be prepared
for pieces eligible for and claimed at the DBMC rate and for pieces not
claimed at the DBMC rate. Otherwise applicable restrictions (e.g.,
minimum volume, number of less-than-full trays) are excepted when
necessary to comply with this standard. Alternatively, the mailer may
waive this separation if no pieces in the resulting mixed ADC or mixed
AADC containers are claimed at the DBMC rate. Separate destination BMC
sacks or pallets are not required for machinable parcels claimed at the
DBMC rate.
* * * * *
6.0 DSCF DISCOUNT
6.1 Definition
For this standard, destination sectional center facility (DSCF)
refers to the facilities listed in L002, Column C.
6.2 Eligibility
Pieces in a mailing that meet the standards in 1.0 through 4.0 and
6.0 are eligible for the DSCF rate when deposited at a DSCF, addressed
for delivery within that facility's service area, and placed in other
than an ADC, AADC, mixed ADC, or mixed AADC tray or sack, or BMC sack
or pallet (as permitted by the standards for the rate claimed) that is
labeled to that DSCF or to a postal facility within its service area.
DSCF rate mail may also be eligible for a presort or automation
discount subject to the corresponding standards.
* * * * *
7.0 DDU Discount
7.1 Definition
For this standard, destination delivery unit (DDU) refers to the
facility designated by the USPS district drop shipment coordinator (for
automation rate Standard Mail) or the facility (post office, branch,
station, etc.) where the carrier cases mail for delivery to the
addresses on pieces in the mailing (for other Standard Mail (A)).
* * * * *
[Remove 7.3.]
E652 Destination Entry--Parcel Post
[Insert text of current E450 and redesignate as E652; in 1.4, replace
``fourth-class'' with ``Standard Mail (B)''; no other change in text.]
E670 Nonprofit Standard Mail
[Insert text of current E370 and redesignate as E670; in 1.1, 1.3, 2.1,
3.1, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.4a, 5.4b, 5.4c, 5.4d(1),
5.6a, 5.6b, 5.6b(1), 5.6b(2), 5.6b(3), 5.6e, 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 5.10c,
5.11, 5.12, 6.0, 7.1, 7.3, 8.1, 8.3, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 11.1, and
11.4, replace ``[s]pecial bulk third-class rate[s],'' ``special bulk
rate[s],'' or ``special rate[s]'' with ``Nonprofit Standard Mail
rate[s]''; in 1.3, replace ``for all bulk third-class mail in E311 and
E312'' with ``in E611 and E612''; in 3.3, 5.4d(2), 5.6b, 5.11, 9.2, and
9.3b, replace ``third-class'' with ``Standard Mail (A)''; in 5.8d,
replace the reference ``E211.11.0'' with ``E211''; in 5.10c, replace
the reference ``E370.5.0'' with ``5.0''; in 9.2, replace ``First-''
with ``First-Class'' and ``regular'' with ``Regular or Enhanced Carrier
Route''; no other change in text.]
F Forwarding and Related Services
F000 Basic Services
F010 Basic Information
[In 3.0d, replace ``fourth-class'' and ``third-class'' with ``Standard
Mail (B)'' and ``Standard Mail (A),'' respectively; in Exhibit 4.2, 5.2
(heading and text), 5.2a, 5.2b, 5.2e, 5.2f, 5.2g, and 6.1, replace
``[S]econd-[C]lass [[M]ail]'' with ``Periodicals''; in 4.4, replace the
reference ``M011'' with ``M012''; in 4.6b, 5.2e, the table following
5.2g, 6.1, 7.1, and 8.1e, replace ``third- or fourth-class'' with
``Standard Mail''; in 4.6d, 5.3b, 5.4 (heading and text), 5.4b, 5.4c,
5.4d, 5.4e, and 6.3, replace ``[F]ourth-[C]lass [[M]ail]'' with
``Standard Mail (B)''; in 5.3 (heading and text), 5.3a, 5.3f, 5.3g, the
table following 5.3g, 6.2, 8.1a, 8.1b, and 8.1e, replace ``[T]hird-
[C]lass [[M]ail]'' with ``Standard Mail (A)''; in 7.1a and 7.2, replace
``second, third-, or fourth-class'' with ``Periodicals or Standard
Mail''; in 7.4, replace ``special fourth-class'' with ``Special
Standard Mail''; in 8.1e, replace ``third- and fourth-class'' with
``Standard Mail''; no other change in text.]
F020 Forwarding
[In 2.3, 2.4, and 2.6, replace ``First-, second-, and fourth-class mail
[,] and [all] single-piece rate third-class mail'' with ``First-Class,
Periodicals, Standard Mail (B), and single-piece rate Standard Mail
(A)''; in 3.4 (heading and text), replace ``Second-[C]lass'' with
``Periodicals''; in 3.5 (heading and text), replace ``Third-[C]lass
[mail],'' ``fourth-class,'' and ``Special Fourth-Class'' with
``Standard Mail (A),'' ``Standard Mail (B),'' and ``Special Standard
Mail,'' respectively; in 3.6 (heading and text), replace ``[F]ourth-
[C]lass [mail]'' with ``Standard Mail (B)''; no other change in text.]
[[Page 10142]]
F030 Address Correction, Address Change, and Return Services
[In 1.2 (heading and text) and 2.3 (heading and text), replace
``[S]econd-[C]lass'' with ``Periodicals''; in 1.3, replace ``third- and
fourth-class mail'' and ``Express Mail, First-, third-, or fourth-class
mail'' with ``Standard Mail'' and ``Express Mail, First-Class Mail, and
Standard Mail,'' respectively; in 3.2d, replace ``third-class mail''
with ``Standard Mail (A)''; in 3.2e, replace ``fourth-class mail'' with
``Standard Mail (B)''; no other change in text.]
G General Information
* * * * *
G020 Mailing Standards
[In 2.2, replace ``mailing statement'' with ``postage statement''; no
other change.]
* * * * *
L LABELING LISTS
L000 General Use
L001 Optional Multi-ZIP Coded Post Offices--Preferred Periodicals
and Nonprofit Standard Mail Only
[Amend the heading as follows; no change to list entries.]
As permitted by the standards for the rate claimed, Preferred
Periodicals mailings may be sorted to the following multi-ZIP Coded
cities.
* * * * *
[Replace current L002 as follows:]
L002 3-Digit ZIP Code Prefix Matrix
This table provides information about 3-digit ZIP Code prefixes as
follows:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column A For 3- Column B For 3-
digit digit/scheme Column C For SCF
3-Digit ZIP destinations, destinations, destinations,
code prefix label container label container label container
to to to
------------------------------------------------------------------------
001 X
002 X
003 X
004............ WESTCHESTER NY WESTCHESTER NY SCF WESTCHESTER
004. 004. NY 105.
005............ MID-ISLAND NY 005 MID-ISLAND NY 005 SCF MID-ISLAND NY
117.
006............ SAN JUAN PR 006.. SAN JUAN PR 006 S SCF SAN JUAN PR
006.
007............ SAN JUAN PR 007.. SAN JUAN PR 006 S SCF SAN JUAN PR
006.
008............ (1).............. SAN JUAN PR 006 S (1).
009............ SAN JUAN PR 009 U SAN JUAN PR 006 S SCF SAN JUAN PR
006.
010............ SPRINGFIELD MA SPRINGFIELD MA SCF SPRINGFIELD
010. 010 S. MA 010.
011............ SPRINGFIELD MA SPRINGFIELD MA SCF SPRINGFIELD
011 U. 010 S. MA 010.
012............ PITTSFIELD MA 012 PITTSFIELD MA 012 PITTSFIELD MA 012
D.
013............ SPRINGFIELD MA SPRINGFIELD MA SCF SPRINFIELD MA
013. 010 S. 010.
014............ WORCESTER MA 014. WORCESTER MA 015 SCF WORCESTER MA
S. 015.
015............ WORCESTER MA 015. WORCESTER MA 015 SCF WORCESTER MA
S. 015.
016............ WORCESTER MA 016 WORCESTER MA 016. SCF WORCESTER MA
U. 015.
017............ WORCESTER MA 017. WORCESTER MA 015 SCF WORCESTER MA
S. 015.
018............ MIDDLESEX-ESSX MA MIDDLESEX-ESSX MA SCF MIDDLESEX-
018. 018 S. ESSX MA 018.
019............ MIDDLESEX-ESSX MA MIDDLESEX-ESSX MA SCF MIDDLESEX-
019. 018 S. ESSX MA 018.
020............ BROCKTON MA 020.. BROCKTON MA 023 S SCF BROCKTON MA
023.
021............ BOSTON MA 021 U.. BOSTON MA 021 S.. SCF BOSTON MA
021.
022............ BOSTON MA 022 U.. BOSTON MA 021 S.. SCF BOSTON MA
021.
023............ BROCKTON MA 023.. BROCKTON MA 023 S SCF BROCKTON MA
023.
024............ BROCKTON MA 024 U BROCKTON MA 023 S SCF BROCKTON MA
023.
025............ BUZZARDS BAY MA BUZZARDS BAY MA SCF BUZZARDS BAY
025. 025 S. MA 025.
026............ BUZZARDS BAY MA BUZZARDS BAY MAY SCF BUZZARDS BAY
026. 025 S. MA 025.
027............ PROVIDENCE RI 027 PROVIDENCE RI 028 SCF PROVIDENCE RI
S. 028.
028............ PROVIDENCE RI 028 PROVIDENCE RI 028 SCF PROVIDENCE RI
S. 028.
029............ PROVIDENCE RI 029 PROVIDENCE RI 029 SCF PROVIDENCE RI
U. 028.
030............ MANCHESTER NH 030 MANCHESTER NH 030 SCF MANCHESTER
NH 030.
031............ MANCHESTER NH 031 MANCHESTER NH 031 SCF MANCHESTER NH
U. 030.
032............ MANCHESTER NH 032 MANCHESTER NH 032 SCF MANCHESTER NH
030.
033............ CONCORD NH 033 U. CONCORD NH 033... SCF MANCHESTER NH
030.
034............ MANCHESTER NH 034 MANCHESTER NH 034 SCF MANCHESTER NH
030.
035............ WHITE RVR JCT VT WHITE RVR JCT VT SCF WHITE RVR JCT
035. 051 S. VT 050.
SCHEME B
036............ WHITE RVR JCT 036 WHITE RVR JCT VT SCF WHITE RVR JCT
051 S. VT 050.
SCHEME B
037............ WHITE RVR JCT 037 WHITE RVR JCT VT SCF WHITE RVR JCT
050 S. VT 050.
SCHEME C.........
038............ PORTSMOUTH NH 038 PORTSMOUTH NH 038 SCF PORTSMOUTH NH
S. 038.
039............ PORTSMOUTH NH 039 PORTSMOUTH NH 038 SCF PORTSMOUTH NH
S. 038.
040............ PORTLAND ME 040.. PORTLAND ME 040.. SCF PORTLAND ME
040.
041............ PORTLAND ME 041 U PORTLAND ME 041.. SCF PORTLAND ME
040.
042............ PORTLAND ME 042.. PORTLAND ME 042.. SCF PORTLAND ME
040.
043............ PORTLAND ME 043.. PORTLAND ME 043 S SCF PORTLAND ME
040.
044............ BANGOR ME 044.... BANGOR ME 044.... SCF BANGOR ME
044.
045............ PORTLAND ME 045.. PORTLAND ME 043 S SCF PORTLAND ME
040
046............ BANGOR ME 046.... BANGOR ME 046.... SCF BANGOR ME
044.
047............ BANGOR ME 047.... BANGOR ME 047.... SCF BANGOR ME
044.
048............ PORTLAND ME 048.. PORTLAND ME 048.. SCF PORTLAND ME
040
049............ BANGOR ME 049.... BANGOR ME 049.... SCF BANGOR ME
044.
[[Page 10143]]
050............ WHITE RVR JCT VT WHITE RVR JCT VT SCF WHITE RVR JCT
050. 050 S. VT 050.
SCHEME C
051............ WHITE RVR JCT VT WHITE RVR JCT VT SCF WHITE RVR JCT
051. 051 S. VT 050.
SCHEME B
052............ WHITE RVR JCT VT WHITE RVR JCT VT SCF WHITE RVR JCT
052. 051 S. VT 050.
SCHEME B
053............ WHITE RVR JCT VT WHITE RVR JCT VT SCF WHITE RVR JCT
053. 051 S. VT 050.
SCHEME B
054............ BURLINGTON VT 054 BURLINGTON VT 054 SCF BURLINGTON VT
S. 054.
055............ MIDDLESEX-ESSX MA MIDDLESEX-ESSX MA SCF MIDDLESEX-
055. 018 S. ESSX MA 018.
056............ BURLINGTON VT 056 BURLINGTON VT 054 SCF BURLINGTON VT
S. 054.
057............ WHITE RVR JCT VT WHITE RVR JCT VT SCF WHITE RVR JCT
057. 057 S. VT 050.
SCHEME A
058............ WHITE RVR JCT VT WHITE RVR JCT VT SCF WHITE RVR JCT
058. 057 S. VT 050.
SCHEME A
059............ WHITE RVR JCT VT WHITE RVR JCT VT SCF WHITE RVR JCT
059. 051 S. VT 050.
SCHEME B
060............ HARTFORD CT 060.. HARTFORD CT 060.. SCF HARTFORD CT
060.
061............ HARTFORD CT 061 U HARTFORD CT 061.. SCF HARTFORD CT
060.
062............ HARTFORD CT 062.. HARTFORD CT 062.. SCF HARTFORD CT
060.
063............ SOUTHERN CT 063.. SOUTHERN CT 063.. SCF SOUTHERN CT
064.
064............ SOUTHERN CT 064.. SOUTHERN CT 064.. SCF SOUTHERN CT
064.
065............ NEW HAVEN CT 065 NEW HAVEN CT 065. SCF SOUTHERN CT
U. 064.
066............ BRIDGEPORT CT 066 BRIDGEPORT CT 066 SCF SOUTHERN CT
U. 064.
067............ WATERBURY CT 067. WATERBURY CT 067. WATERBURY CT
067.D
068............ STAMFORD CT 068.. STAMFORD CT 068 S SCF STAMFORD CT
068.
069............ STAMFORD CT 069 U STAMFORD CT 068 S SCF STAMFORD CT
068.
070............ NEWARK NJ 070.... NEWARK NJ 070.... SCF NEWARK NJ
070.
071............ NEWARK NJ 071 U.. NEWARK NJ 071.... SCF NEWARK NJ
070.
072............ ELIZABETH NJ 072 ELIZABETH NJ 072. SCF NEWARK NJ 070
U.
073............ JERSEY CITY NJ JERSEY CITY NJ SCF NEWARK NJ
073 U. 073. 070.
074............ PATERSON NJ 074.. HACKENSACK NJ 074 SCF PATERSON NJ
S. 074.
075............ PATERSON NJ 075 U PATERSON NJ 075.. SCF PATERSON NJ
074.
076............ HACKENSACK NJ 076 HACKENSACK NJ 074 HACKENSACK NJ
S. 076.D
077............ MONMOUTH NJ 077.. KILMER NJ 077 S.. MONMOUTH NJ 077.D
078............ WEST JERSEY NJ WEST JERSEY NJ SCF WEST JERSEY
078. 078 S. NJ 079.
079............ WEST JERSEY NJ WEST JERSEY NJ SCF WEST JERSEY
079. 078 S. NJ 079.
080............ SOUTH JERSEY NJ SOUTH JERSEY NJ SCF SOUTH JERSEY
080. 080 S. NJ 080.
SCHEME A
081............ CAMDEN NJ 081 U.. SOUTH JERSEY NJ SCF SOUTH JERSEY
080 S. NJ 080.
SCHEME A
082............ SOUTH JERSEY NJ SOUTH JERSEY NJ SCF SOUTH JERSEY
082. 080 S. NJ 080.
SCHEME B
083............ SOUTH JERSEY NJ SOUTH JERSEY NJ SCF SOUTH JERSEY
083. 080 S. NJ 080.
SCHEME B
084............ ATLANTIC CITY NJ SOUTH JERSEY NJ SCF SOUTH JERSEY
084 U. 080 S. NJ 080.
SCHEME B
085............ TRENTON NJ 085... TRENTON NJ 085 S. SCF TRENTON NJ
085.
086............ TRENTON NJ 086 U. TRENTON NJ 085 S. SCF TRENTON NJ
085.
087............ TRENTON NJ 087... TRENTON NJ 085 S. SCF TRENTON NJ
085.
088............ KILMER NJ 088.... KILMER NJ 077 S.. SCF KILMER NJ
088.
089............ NEW BRUNSWICK NJ NEW BRUNSWICK NJ SCF KILMER NJ
089 U. 089. 088.
090............ APO AE 090....... APO AE 090.......
091............ APO AE 091....... APO AE 091.......
092............ APO AE 092....... APO AE 092.......
093............ APO AE 093....... APO AE 093....... .................
094............ APO/FPO AE 094... APO/FPO AE 094... .................
095............ FPO AE 095....... FPO AE 095....... .................
096............ APO/FPO AE 096... APO/FPO AE 096... .................
097............ APO/FPO AE 097... APO/FPO AE 097... .................
098............ APO/FPO AE 098... APO/FPO AE 098... .................
099 X
100............ NEW YORK NY 100 U NEW YORK NY 100.. SCF NEW YORK NY
100.
101............ NEW YORK NY 101 U NEW YORK NY 101.. SCF NEW YORK NY
100.
102............ NEW YORK NY 102 U NEW YORK NY 102.. SCF NEW YORK NY
100.
103............ STATEN ISLAND NY STATEN ISLAND NY STATEN ISLAND NY
103 U. 103. 103 D.
104............ BRONX NY 104 U... BRONX NY 104..... BRONX NY 104 D.
105............ WESTCHESTER NY WESTCHESTER NY SCF WESTCHESTER
105. 105. NY 105.
106............ WHITE PLAINS NY WHITE PLAINS NY SCF WESTCHESTER
106 U. 106. NY 105.
107............ YONKERS NY 107 U. YONKERS NY 107... SCF WESTCHESTER
NY 105.
108............ NEW ROCHELLE NY NEW ROCHELLE NY SCF WESTCHESTER
108 U. 108. NY 105.
109............ ROCKLAND NY 109.. ROCKLAND NY 109.. ROCKLAND NY 109
D.
[[Page 10144]]
110............ QUEENS NY 110.... QUEENS NY 110 S.. SCF QUEENS NY
110.
111............ LONG ISLAND CITY LONG ISLAND CITY LONG ISLAND CITY
NY 111 U. NY 111. NY 111 D.
112............ BROOKLYN NY 112 U BROOKLYN NY 112.. BROOKLYN NY 112
D.
113............ FLUSHING NY 113 U QUEENS NY 110 S.. SCF QUEENS NY
110.
114............ JAMAICA NY 114 U. QUEENS NY 110 S.. SCF QUEENS NY
110.
115............ WESTERN NASSAU NY WESTERN NASSAU NY WESTERN NASSAU NY
115. 115. 115 D.
116............ FAR ROCKAWAY NY QUEENS NY 110 S.. SCF QUEENS NY
116 U. 110.
117............ MID-ISLAND NY 117 MID-ISLAND NY 117 SCF MID-ISLAND NY
117.
118............ HICKSVILLE NY 118 HICKSVILLE NY 118 SCF MID-ISLAND NY
U. 117.
119............ MID-ISLAND NY 119 MID-ISLAND NY 119 SCF MID-ISLAND NY
117.
120............ ALBANY NY 120.... ALBANY NY 120 S.. SCF ALBANY NY
120.
121............ ALBANY NY 121.... ALBANY NY 120 S.. SCF ALBANY NY
120.
122............ ALBANY NY 122 U.. ALBANY NY 120 S.. SCF ALBANY NY
120.
123............ SCHENECTADY NY ALBANY NY 120 S.. SCF ALBANY NY
123 U. 120.
124............ MID-HUDSON NY 124 MID-HUDSON NY 124 SCF MID-HUDSON NY
S. 125.
125............ MID-HUDSON NY 125 MID-HUDSON NY 124 SCF MID-HUDSON NY
S. 125.
126............ POUGHKEEPSIE NY POUGHKEEPSIE NY SCF MID-HUDSON NY
126 U. 126. 125.
127............ MID-HUDSON NY 127 MID-HUDSON NY 124 SCF MID-HUDSON NY
S. 125.
128............ GLENS FALLS NY GLENS FALLS NY GLENS FALLS NY
128. 128. 128 D.
129............ PLATTSBURGH NY PLATTSBURGH NY PLATTSBURGH NY
129. 129. 129 D.
130............ SYRACUSE NY 130.. SYRACUSE NY 130 S SCF SYRACUSE NY
130.
131............ SYRACUSE NY 131.. SYRACUSE NY 130 S SCF SYRACUSE NY
130.
132............ SYRACUSE NY 132U. SYRACUSE NY 130 S SCF SYRACUSE NY
130.
133............ UTICA NY 133..... UTICA NY 133 S... SCF UTICA NY 133.
134............ UTICA NY 134..... UTICA NY 133 S... SCF UTICA NY 133.
135............ UTICA NY 135 U... UTICA NY 135..... SCF UTICA NY 133.
136............ WATERTOWN NY 136. WATERTOWN NY 136. WATERTOWN NY 136
D.
137............ BINGHAMTON NY 137 BINGHAMTON NY 137 SCF BINGHAMTON NY
S. 137.
138............ BINGHAMTON NY 138 BINGHAMTON NY 137 SCF BINGHAMTON NY
S. 137.
139............ BINGHAMTON NY 139 BINGHAMTON NY 137 SCF BINGHAMTON NY
U. S. 137.
140............ BUFFALO NY 140... BUFFALO NY 140 S. SCF BUFFALO NY
140.
141............ BUFFALO NY 141... BUFFALY NY 140 S. SCF BUFFALY NY
140.
142............ BUFFALO NY 142 U. BUFFALO NY 140 S. SCF BUFFALO NY
140.
143............ NIAGARA FALLS NY BUFFALO NY 140 S. SCF BUFFALO NY
143 U. 140.
144............ ROCHESTER NY 144. ROCHESTER NY 144. SCF ROCHESTER NY
144.
145............ ROCHESTER NY 145. ROCHESTER NY 145. SCF ROCHESTER NY
144.
146............ ROCHESTER NY 146 ROCHESTER NY 146. SCF ROCHESTER NY
U. 144.
147............ JAMESTOWN NY 147. JAMESTOWN NY 147. JAMESTOWN NY 147
D.
148............ ELMIRA NY 148.... ELMIRA NY 148.... SCF ELMIRA NY
148.
149............ ELMIRA NY 149 U.. ELMIRA NY 149.... SCF ELMIRA NY
148.
150............ PITTSBURGH PA 150 PITTSBURGH PA 150 SCF PITTSBURGH PA
150.
151............ PITTSBURGH PA 151 PITTSBURGH PA 151 SCF PITTSBURGH PA
150.
152............ PITTSBURGH PA 152 SCF PITTSBURGH PA
150..
153............ PITTSBURGH PA 153 PITTSBURGH PA 153 SCF PITTSBURGH PA
150.
154............ PITTSBURGH PA 154 PITTSBURGH PA 154 SCF PITTSBURGH PA
150.
155............ JOHNSTOWN PA 155. JOHNSTOWN PA 155 SCF JOHNSTOWN PA
S. 159.
156............ GREENSBURG PA 156 GREENSBURG PA 156 GREENSBURG PA 156
D.
157............ JOHNSTOWN PA 157. JOHNSTOWN PA 155 SCF JOHNSTOWN PA
S. 159.
158............ DUBOIS PA 158.... DUBOIS PA 158.... DUBOIS PA 158 D.
159............ JOHNSTOWN PA 159. JOHNSTOWN PA 159. SCF JOHNSTOWN PA
159.
160............ NEW CASTLE PA 160 NEW CASTLE PA 160 SCF NEW CASTLE PA
161.
161............ NEW CASTLE PA 161 NEW CASTLE PA 161 SCF NEW CASTLE PA
161.
162............ NEW CASTLE PA 162 NEW CASTLE PA 162 SCF NEW CASTLE PA
161.
163............ OIL CITY PA 163.. OIL CITY PA 163.. OIL CITY PA 163.D
164............ ERIE PA 164...... ERIE PA 164 S.... SCF ERIE PA 164.
165............ ERIE PA 165 U.... ERIE PA 164 S.... SCF ERIE PA 164.
166............ ALTOONA PA 166... ALTOONA PA 166... SCF ALTOONA PA
166.
167............ BRADFORD PA 167.. BRADFORD PA 167.. BRADFORD PA 167.D
168............ ALTOONA PA 168... ALTOONA PA 168... SCF ALTOONA PA
166.
169............ WILLIAMSPORT PA WILLIAMSPORT PA SCF WILLIAMSPORT
169. 169 S. PA 177.
170............ HARRISBURG PA 170 HARRISBURG PA 170 SCF HARRISBURG PA
170.
171............ HARRISBURG PA 171 HARRISBURG PA 171 SCF HARRISBURG PA
U. 170.
172............ HARRISBURG PA 172 HARRISBURG PA 172 SCF HARRISBURG PA
170.
173............ LANCASTER PA 173. LANCASTER PA 173. SCF LANCASTER PA
173.
174............ YORK PA 174 U.... YORK PA 174...... SCF LANCASTER PA
173.
175............ LANCASTER PA 175. LANCASTER PA 175. SCF LANCASTER PA
173.
176............ LANCASTER PA 176 LANCASTER PA 176. SCF LANCASTER PA
U. 173.
177............ WILLIAMSPORT PA WILLIAMSPORT PA SCF WILLIAMSPORT
177. 169 S. PA 177.
178............ HARRISBURG PA 178 HARRISBURG PA 178 SCF HARRISBURG PA
170.
179............ READING PA 179... READING PA 179... SCF READING PA
195.
180............ LEHIGH VALLEY PA LEHIGH VALLEY PA SCF LEHIGH VALLEY
180. 180 S. PA 180.
181............ ALLENTOWN PA 181 LEHIGH VALLEY PA SCF LEHIGH VALLEY
U. 180 S. PA 180.
[[Page 10145]]
182............ WILKES BARRE PA WILKES BARRE PA SCF WILKES BARRE
182. 182. PA 186.
183............ LEHIGH VALLEY PA LEHIGH VALLEY PA SCF LEHIGH VALLEY
183. 180 S. PA 180
184............ SCRANTON PA 184.. SCRANTON PA 184.. SCF SCRANTON PA
184.
185............ SCRANTON PA 185 U SCRANTON PA 185.. SCF SCRANTON PA
184.
186............ WILKES BARRE PA WILKES BARRE PA SCF WILKES BARRE
186. 186. PA 186.
187............ WILKES BARRE PA WILKES BARRE PA SCF WILKES BARRE
187 U. 187. PA 186.
188............ SCRANTON PA 188.. SCRANTON PA 188.. SCF SCRANTON PA
184.
189............ SOUTHEASTERN PA SOUTHEASTERN PA SCF SOUTHEASTERN
189. 189. PA 189.
190............ PHILADELPHIA PA PHILADELPHIA PA SCF PHILADELPHIA
190. 190. PA 190.
191............ PHILADELPHIA PA PHILADELPHIA PA SCF PHILADELPHIA
191 U. 191 S. PA 190.
192............ PHILADELPHIA PA PHILADELPHIA PA SCF PHILADELPHIA
192. 191 S. PA 190.
193............ SOUTHEASTERN PA SOUTHEASTERN PA SCF SOUTHEASTERN
193. 193 S. PA 189.
194............ SOUTHEASTERN PA SOUTHEASTERN PA SCF SOUTHEASTERN
194. 193 S. PA 189.
195............ READING PA 195... READING PA 195... SCF READING PA
195.
196............ READING PA 196 U. READING PA 196... SCF READING PA
195.
197............ WILMINGTON DE 197 WILMINGTON DE 197 SCF WILMINGTON DE
S. 197.
198............ WILMINGTON DE 198 WILMINGTON DE 197 SCF WILMINGTON DE
U. S. 197.
199............ WILMINGTON DE 199 WILMINGTON DE 197 SCF WILMINGTON DE
S. 197.
200............ WASHINGTON DC 200 WASHINGTON DC 200 SCF WASHINGTON DC
U. 200.
201............ NORTHERN VA 201.. NORTHERN VA 201.. SCF NORTHERN VA
220.
202............ WASHINGTON DC 202 WASHINGTON DC 202 SCF WASHINGTON DC
S. 200.
203............ WASHINGTON DC 203 WASHINGTON DC 202 SCF WASHINGTON DC
S. 200.
204............ WASHINGTON DC 204 WASHINGTON DC 202 SCF WASHINGTON DC
S. 200.
205............ WASHINGTON DC 205 WASHINGTON DC 202 SCF WASHINGTON DC
S. 200.
206............ SOUTHERN MD 206.. SOUTHERN MD 206.. SCF SOUTHERN MD
206.
207............ SOUTHERN MD 207.. SOUTHERN MD 207.. SCF SOUTHERN MD
206.
208............ SUBURBAN MD 208.. SUBURBAN MD 208 S SCF SUBURBAN MD
208.
209............ SIVLER SPRING MD SUBURBAN MD 208 S SCF SUBURBAN MD
209 U. 208.
210............ BALTIMORE MD 210. BALTIMORE MD 210 SCF BALTIMORE MD
S. 210.
211............ BALTIMORE MD 211. BALTIMORE MD 210 SCF BALTIMORE MD
S. 210.
212............ BALTIMORE MD 212 BALTIMORE MD 212. SCF BALTIMORE MD
U. 210.
213X
214............ ANNAPOLIS MD 214 ANNAPOLIS MD 214. SCF BALTIMORE MD
U. 210.
215............ CUMBERLAND MD 215 CUMBERLAND MD 215 SCF CUMBERLAND MD
215.
216............ EASTON MD 216.... EASTON MD 216.... EASTON MD 216.D
217............ FREDERICK MD 217. FREDERICK MD 217. FREDERICK MD
217.D
218............ SALISBURY MD 218. SALISBURY MD 218. SALISBURY MD
218.D
219............ BALTIMORE MD 219. BALTIMORE MD 210 SCF BALTIMORE MD
S. 210.
220............ NORTHERN VA 220.. NORTHERN VA 220.. SCF NORTHERN VA
220.
221............ NORTHERN VA 221.. NORTHERN VA 221.. SCF NORTHERN VA
220.
222............ ARLINGTON VA 222 ARLINGTON VA 222. SCF NORTHERN VA
U. 220.
223............ ALEXANDRIA VA 223 ALEXANDRIA VA 223 SCF NORTHERN VA
U. 220.
224............ RICHMOND VA 224.. RICHMOND VA 224 S SCF RICHMOND VA
SCHEME B 230.
225............ RICHMOND VA 225.. RICHMOND VA 224 S SCF RICHMOND VA
SCHEME B 230.
226............ WINCHESTER VA 226 WINCHESTER VA 226 WINCHESTER VA
226.D
227............ CULPEPER VA 227.. CULPEPER VA 227.. CULPEPER VA 227.D
228............ CHARLOTTESVILLE CHARLOTTESVILLE SCF
VA 228. VA 228. CHARLOTTESVILLE
VA 229.
229............ CHARLOTTESVILLE CHARLOTTESVILLE SCF
VA 229. VA 229. CHARLOTTESVILLE
VA 229.
230............ RICHMOND VA 230.. RICHMOND VA 230 S SCF RICHMOND VA
SCHEME A 230.
231............ RICHMOND VA 231.. RICHMOND VA 230 S SCF RICHMOND VA
SCHEME A 230.
232............ RICHMOND VA 232 U RICHMOND VA 232.. SCF RICHMOND VA
230.
233............ NORFOLK VA 233... NORFOLK VA 233 S. SCF NORFOLK VA
233.
234............ NORFOLK VA 234... NORFOLK VA 233 S. SCF NORFOLK VA
233.
235............ NORFOLK VA 235 U. NORFOLF VA 233 S. SCF NORFOLK VA
233.
236............ NORFOLK VA 236... NORFOLK VA 233 S. SCF NORFOLK VA
233.
237............ PORTSMOUTH VA 237 NORFOLK VA 233 S. SCF NORFOLK VA
U. 233.
238............ RICHMOND VA 238.. RICHMOND VA 224 S SCF RICHMOND VA
SCHEME B 230.
239............ FARMVILLE VA 239. FARMVILLE VA 239. FARMVILLE VA
239.D
240............ ROANOKE VA 240... ROANOKE VA 240 S. SCF ROANOKE VA
240.
241............ ROANOKE VA 241... ROANOKE VA 240 S. SCF ROANOKE VA
240.
242............ BRISTOL VA 242... BRISTOL VA 242... BRISTOL VA 242.D
243............ ROANOKE VA 243... ROANOKE VA 243... SCF ROANOKE VA
240.
244............ CHARLOTTESVILLE CHARLOTTESVILLE SCF
VA 244. VA 244. CHARLOTTESVILLE
VA 229.
245............ LYNCHBURG VA 245. LYNCHBURG VA 245. LYNCHBURG VA
245.D
246............ BLUEFIELD WV 246. BLUEFIELD WV 246. SCF BLUEFIELD WV
247.
247............ BLUEFIELD WV 247. BLUEFIELD WV 247. SCF BLUEFIELD WV
247.
248............ BLUEFIELD WV 248. BLUEFIELD WV 248. SCF BLUEFIELD WV
247.
[[Page 10146]]
249............ LEWISBURG WV 249. LEWISBURG WV 249. LEWISBURG WV
249.D
250............ CHARLESTON WV 250 CHARLESTON WV 250 SCF CHARLESTON WV
S. 250.
251............ CHARLESTON WV 251 CHARLESTON WV 250 SCF CHARLESTON WV
S. 250.
252............ CHARLESTON WV 252 CHARLESTON WV 250 SCF CHARLESTON WV
S. 250.
253............ CHARLESTON WV 253 CHARLESTON WV 253 SCF CHARLESTON WV
U. 250.
254............ MARTINSBURG WV MARTINSBURG WV MARTINSBURG WV
254. 254. 254.D
255............ HUNTINGTON WV 255 HUNTINGTON WV 255 SCF HUNTINGTON WV
255.
256............ HUNTINGTON WV 256 HUNTINGTON WV 256 SCF HUNTINGTON WV
255.
257............ HUNTINGTON WV 257 HUNTINGTON WV 257 SCF HUNTINGTON WV
U. 255.
258............ BECKLEY WV 258... BECKLEY WV 258... SCF BECKLEY WV
258.
259............ BECKLEY WV 259... BECKLEY WV 259... SCF BECKLEY WV
258.
260............ WHEELING WV 260.. WHEELING WV 260.. WHEELING WV 260.D
261............ PARKERSBURG WV PARKERSBURG WV PARKERSBURG WV
261. 261. 261.D
262............ CLARKSBURG WV 262 CLARKSBURG WV 262 SCF CLARKSBURG WV
263.
263............ CLARKSBURG WV 263 CLARKSBURG WV 263 SCF CLARKSBURG WV
263.
264............ CLARKSBURG WV 264 CLARKSBURG WV 264 SCF CLARKSBURG WV
263.
265............ CLARKSBURG WV 265 CLARKSBURG WV 265 SCF CLARKSBURG WV
263.
266............ GASSAWAY WV 266.. GASSAWAY WV 266.. GASSAWAY WV 266.D
267............ CUMBERLAND MD 267 CUMBERLAND MD 267 SCF CUMBERLAND MD
215.
268............ PETERSBURG WV 268 PETERSBURG WV 268 PETERSBURG WV
268.D
269 X
270............ GREENSBORO NC 270 GREENSBORO NC 270 SCF GREENSBORO NC
270.
271............ WINSTON-SALEM NC WINSTON-SALEM NC SCF GREENSBORO NC
271 U. 271. 270.
272............ GREENSBORO NC 272 GREENSBORO NC 272 SCF GREENSBORO NC
270.
273............ GREENSBORO NC 273 GREENSBORO NC 273 SCF GREENSBORO NC
270.
274............ GREENSBORO NC 274 GREENSBORO NC 274 SCF GREENSBORO NC
U. 270.
275............ RALEIGH NC 275... RALEIGH NC 275... SCF RALEIGH NC
275.
276............ RALEIGH NC 276 U. RALEIGH NC 276... SCF RALEIGH NC
275.
277............ DURHAM NC 277 U.. DURHAM NC 277.... SCF RALEIGH NC
275.
278............ ROCKY MOUNT NC ROCKY MOUNT NC SCF ROCKY MOUNT
278. 278 S. NC 278.
279............ ROCKY MOUNT NC ROCKY MOUNT NC SCF ROCKY MOUNT
279. 278 S. NC 278.
280............ CHARLOTTE NC 280. CHARLOTTE NC 280 SCF CHARLOTTE NC
S. 280.
281............ CHARLOTTE NC 281. CHARLOTTE NC 280 SCF CHARLOTTE NC
S. 280.
282............ CHARLOTTE NC 282 CHARLOTTE NC 282. SCF CHARLOTTE NC
U. 280.
283............ FAYETTEVILLE NC FAYETTEVILLE NC SCF FAYETTEVILLE
283. 283. NC 283.
284............ FAYETTEVILLE NC FAYETTEVILLE NC SCF FAYETTEVILLE
284. 284. NC 283.
285............ KINSTON NC 285... KINSTON NC 285... KINSTON NC 285.D
286............ HICKORY NC 286... HICKORY NC 286... HICKORY NC 286.D
287............ ASHEVILLE NC 287. ASHEVILLE NC 287. SCF ASHEVILLE NC
287.
288............ ASHEVILLE NC 288 ASHEVILLE NC 288. SCF ASHEVILLE NC
U. 287.
289............ ASHEVILLE NC 289. ASHEVILLE NC 289. SCF ASHEVILLE NC
287.
290............ COLUMBIA SC 290.. COLUMBIA SC 290 S SCF COLUMBIA SC
290.
291............ COLUMBIA SC 291.. COLUMBIA SC 290 S SCF COLUMBIA SC
290.
292............ COLUMBIA SC 292 U COLUMBIA SC 292.. SCF COLUMBIA SC
290.
293............ GREENVILLE SC 293 GREENVILLE SC 296 SCF GREENVILLE SC
S. 296.
294............ CHARLESTON SC 294 CHARLESTON SC 294 CHARLESTON SC
294.D
295............ FLORENCE SC 295.. FLORENCE SC 295.. FLORENCE SC 295.D
296............ GREENVILLE SC 296 GREENVILLE SC 296 SCF GREENVILLE SC
S. 296.
297............ CHARLOTTE NC 297. CHARLOTTE NC 280 SCF CHARLOTTE NC
S. 280.
298............ AUGUSTA GA 298... AUGUSTA GA 298... SCF AUGUSTA GA
308.
299............ SAVANNAH GA 299.. SAVANNAH GA 299.. SCF SAVANNAH GA
313.
300............ NORTH METRO GA NORTH METRO GA SCF NORTH METRO
300. 300 S. GA 300.
301............ NORTH METRO GA NORTH METRO GA SCF NORTH METRO
301. 300 S. GA 300.
302............ NORTH METRO GA NORTH METRO GA SCF NORTH METRO
302. 302. GA 300.
303............ ATLANTA GA 303